NZ615371B2 - Gaming System - Google Patents
Gaming System Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ615371B2 NZ615371B2 NZ615371A NZ61537113A NZ615371B2 NZ 615371 B2 NZ615371 B2 NZ 615371B2 NZ 615371 A NZ615371 A NZ 615371A NZ 61537113 A NZ61537113 A NZ 61537113A NZ 615371 B2 NZ615371 B2 NZ 615371B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- symbols
- participants
- game
- entries
- ranking
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 198
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 116
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 113
- 230000003442 weekly Effects 0.000 description 50
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000001737 promoting Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000001965 increased Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002860 competitive Effects 0.000 description 7
- 241000238814 Orthoptera Species 0.000 description 6
- 101700084488 lap-2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000001613 Gambling Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000875 corresponding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002452 interceptive Effects 0.000 description 5
- 101700047202 BEST1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000036469 Elimination phase Effects 0.000 description 4
- 101700056111 EXOC2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000777300 Congiopodidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000003466 anti-cipated Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001351 cycling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710017531 H4C15 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009114 investigational therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000135 prohibitive Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 1
Abstract
Disclosed is a computerised lottery with a predefined close off time and/or date and at least a first prize. The lottery allows the promoter to guarantee a winner or joint winners of the first prize or a final pool of entries from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize is found. In the case of joint winners the number of joint winners of the first prize is less than ten. The lottery receives a plurality of entries, each entry comprising two or more symbols selected from one or more sets of symbols. The lottery uses a ranking engine which has one or more computers that record the symbols selected in or on each entry and records the identity or contact details associated with each entry. The computer(s) also rank and record the ranking of at least two of the symbols chosen in or on each entry, in order to rank the entries until, the winner of the first prize, or the joint winners of the first prize, or the final pool of entries is selected from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize, is found. The lottery has a predefined close off time and/or date. case of joint winners the number of joint winners of the first prize is less than ten. The lottery receives a plurality of entries, each entry comprising two or more symbols selected from one or more sets of symbols. The lottery uses a ranking engine which has one or more computers that record the symbols selected in or on each entry and records the identity or contact details associated with each entry. The computer(s) also rank and record the ranking of at least two of the symbols chosen in or on each entry, in order to rank the entries until, the winner of the first prize, or the joint winners of the first prize, or the final pool of entries is selected from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize, is found. The lottery has a predefined close off time and/or date.
Description
Patents Form # 5
NEW ZEALAND
Patents Act 1953
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION (COGANTED)
AFTER PROVISIONAL : 601824; 602537; 603063 and 603674 (COGNATED)
DATED: 15 August 2012; 20 September 2012; 17 October 2012 and 16
November 2012
TITLE: Gaming System
We, SOLE SURVIVOR HOLDINGS LIMITED
Address: 5A Pacific Rise, Mt Wellington, Auckland, 1060, New Zealand
Nationality: A New Zealand company
do hereby declare the invention for which we pray that a patent may be granted to us and the
method by which it is to be performed, to be particularly described in and by the following
statement:
- 1a -
205336NZE_PF#05_20130911_ 802_TDT.doc FEE CODE – 1050
TITLE: GAMING SYSTEM
FIELD
This invention relates to a gaming system enabling a large number of players to
participate, and in particular lends itself to a gaming event in which participants can enter
in a large number of ways such as by means of the telephone, mobile communication
device, or over the internet directly or by email.
BACKGROUND
Gaming events are basically of three types. The first is where participants pay to enter
and can receive a prize (usually cash or cash equivalent), the second is where participants
can play without paying to enter, and may not receive prizes, and the third are
promotional systems where eligibility to enter is associated with the purchase or receipt
of goods or services.
Lotteries are defined to include any scheme for the distribution of prizes by chance. Most
games of chance involving large numbers of participants are lotteries based on (a)
sweepstakes, in which customers purchase lottery tickets, or (b) variants of LOTTO or
KENO, in which participants either purchase a pre-allocated set of numbers allocated
from a larger group of numbers, or purchase a group of numbers chosen by them from a
larger group of numbers, in each case purchasing a ticket at a retail outlet, or by mobile
device, or over the internet by email. In some cases such purchases are conducted by
mail. In all cases the organiser of the lottery will then select the set of winning numbers,
from the same larger group of numbers, in some form of random draw, which is often
televised. The participant/s that can match some or all of their numbers with those
randomly drawn by the organiser of the lottery win prizes.
United States Patent 7,100,822 addressed problems relating to some of these gaming
systems.
One disadvantage of these gaming systems that United States Patent 7,100,822 addressed
was in respect of participants needing to go to the retail outlet to purchase the entrance
205336nze Final CAP.doc
ticket. Another disadvantage addressed was in respect of customers being required to
retain their tickets, in order to redeem prizes if they believe they had won. LOTTO
allows customers to select different numbers but suffers from the disadvantage that the
prize pool may be shared between a number of participants – it is the nature of LOTTO
that it cannot guarantee a single division one winner. United States Patent 7,100,822
addressed this problem and provided a method to guarantee a single winner. Another
matter addressed by United States Patent 7,100,822 related to the need to ensure that the
selection of the winning tickets/numbers is truly random and is not subject to interference
or fraud by any party.
While these problems were addressed in United States Patent 7,100,822, there remains
the disadvantage that it is difficult to predict the date and time that a gaming system as
described in US 7,100,822 will end. Accordingly the gaming systems and/or lotteries run
using the methods described in United States Patent 7,100,822 cannot easily be run on a
regular basis, which causes difficulties if it is desired to run draws to a set finishing time,
for example, set finishing times for television programming or use of other media.
Existing lotteries and similar constructs such as promotional systems also have
disadvantages in that it is not always possible to provide numerous entry methods,
including the desirable attribute of remote entry.
It is also desirable to provide a low cost of entry and convenience for the participants
along with an easy method to notify winners.
Integrity of the winning result is an important consideration to minimise the possibility of
fraud or scams.
It is also desirable to make provision for the involvement of an independent auditing
party.
Further, desirable attributes would be to provide a system where all entries of all
participants can be ranked or given a placement amongst all entries within the game and
to allow all places in a gaming event such as a lottery to be identified.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The ability to substantially always guarantee a sole winner for the first prize, or in the
alternative, in a relatively few occasions, a small group of winners for the first prize,
irrespective of the participants’ choices on entry, is also desirable.
Many other gaming operators, such as a LOTTO operator, are faced with the practical
problem that when increasing the odds against there being tied winners of the first prize,
they increase the odds against there being a first prize winner at all. For example, in a
game of LOTTO if the odds are set at 30 times the expected number of participants
(entries), practically that LOTTO Operator’s player base won’t have a winner of the first
prize, the odds are stacked against there being any first prize winner from that LOTTO
game, and their players will come to the belief that they can’t win, and will eventually
become disillusioned with that LOTTO game and ‘leave’. But on the other hand, if the
odds against winning are set too low for the number of participants in that LOTTO game,
then too many tied winners will result and the benefits of having a single winner being
the sole winner of the first prize in the first division of such a LOTTO game are lost, as
the first prize will need to be shared amongst two or more winners of first division.
It would also be desirable for the gaming event to be capable of a number of different
methods of presenting the results of the game to participants, particularly in a simplified
manner.
With the growth of modern communications it would also be desirable to provide a
gaming event which is able to be targeted to selected groups, such as geographical groups
of participants, and which is flexible in operation.
OBJECT
It is an object of this invention to provide a novel gaming system, which will obviate or
minimise the foregoing disadvantages or go at least some distance towards meeting the
foregoing desirable attributes or at least some of them in a simple yet effective manner or
one which will at least provide the public with a useful choice.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
STATEMENTS OF THE INVENTION
Accordingly in one aspect the invention provides a game wherein entries must select at
least one of a range of symbols, the result of the game being determined by the number of
times participants select each symbol.
In a further aspect the invention provides a gaming system including display means to
display a range of symbols to participants who wish to submit entries in the game
provided by the gaming system, selection means to enable participants to select one or
more of the range of symbols available to be included in or on an entry, and ranking
means to rank the number of times each symbol is selected in or on the entries , the result
of the game being determined by the number of times each available symbol is selected in
or on the entries and compared with the symbol or symbols carried on each entry.
In a further aspect the invention provides a method of conducting a gaming system in
which participants are invited to select one or more symbols from a defined available
range of available symbols to include in or on an entry, for example between one and n,
having at least one computer system for recording the selection of symbols made by each
of the participants, including how many times each available symbol was selected in or
on each entry in the game, then ranking the symbols in the range of available symbols,
and using the resulting rankings to eliminate entries and determine one or more winners,
for example by reference to each entry’s selection of their one or more symbols from the
available symbol range relative to how the selected symbols on each entry compare with
the selections on other entries, and compared against the ranking order of the symbols in
the available symbol range.
Preferably the symbols are ranked based on how many times each of the symbols in the
available symbol range were selected in or on entries.
Preferably entries are eliminated and a winner or winners are determined by reference to
each entry’s selection of their one or more symbols from the available symbol range
relative to how their selected symbols compared with the selections in or on other entries,
and compared against the ranking order of the symbols in the available symbol range.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In a still further aspect, the invention provides a method of conducting a gaming system
in which participants are invited to select one or more symbols from a defined available
range of symbols, for example between one and n, having at least one computer system
for recording the symbol selections made in or on each of the entries, including how
many times each symbol in the available symbol range was selected in or on each of the
entries in the game to provide a selection total, then uniquely ranking each of the symbols
in the available symbol range, for example ranking the symbols based on the selection
total relevant to each symbol in the available symbol range, and, in circumstances where
two or more of the symbols in the available symbol range are tied with the same selection
total number, eliminating or resolving ties by ranking those tied symbols utilizing the
results from the choices of available symbols in the gaming system in order that each of
the symbols in the available symbol range of one to n has its own unique ranking number
or placement value.
Preferably the tied symbols are ranked by firstly determining whether or not the selection
total number is an ‘odd number’ or an ‘even number’ and secondly, using that ‘odd’ or
‘even’ determination to rank any tied symbols by ordering the tied symbols in accordance
with whether the selection total number is ‘odd’ or ‘even’.
Preferably a selection total number that is an ‘odd number’ would result in the tied
symbols that are numbers or that can be identified by reference to a number being ordered
with the highest face value number being placed first, and a selection total number that is
an ‘even number’ would result in the tied symbols that are numbers or that can be
identified by reference to a number being ordered with the lowest face value number
being placed first.
Alternatively a selection total number that is an ‘even number’ would result in the tied
symbols that are numbers or that can be identified by reference to a number being ordered
with the highest face value number being placed first, and a selection total number that is
an ‘odd number’ would result in the tied symbols that are numbers or that can be
identified by reference to a number being ordered with the lowest face value number
being placed first.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In a still further aspect, the invention provides a computerised gaming system, such as a
lottery or promotional system having at least one computer system for recording entries
and determining one or more winners, in which participants are invited to select at least
one symbol from a defined available range of n symbols, and to register that selection
with the computer, the computer being capable of recording at least the symbol or
symbols selected in or on each entry submitted by the participants, including how many
times each symbol in the available symbol range was selected in or on the entries in the
game to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol was selected, and
optionally recording the identity or contact details of participants submitting entries, and
wherein the game has at least two phases, the first phase running until a defined time has
expired whereupon at least one of the symbols is selected, the selection being made by
selecting one or more of the symbols in the ranking list, the selection of that symbol or
those symbols being based on a pre-determined selection criteria utilising the rankings of
the symbols in the ranking list, to provide a number of entries, at least some of which
have selected the symbol or one of the symbols selected, and moving the selected entries
to a second phase of the game which second phase comprises an elimination process to
determine one or more winners from the entries in the second phase, the winner or
winners being the final entry or entries at the end of the elimination process.
Preferably the selected symbol from the ranking list is the symbol that is ranked as the
least or most selected in or on entries in the game.
In a still further aspect, the invention provides a method of conducting a gaming system
in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a defined available
range of symbols, for example between one and n, to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbol or
symbols selected in or on each entry, including how many times each symbol in the
available symbol range was selected in or on the entries in the game to provide a ranking
list of the number of times each symbol was selected in or on the entries, and optionally
the identity or contact details of the participant and the date and time and place of the
entry, and wherein the game has two phases, the first phase running until a defined time
has expired whereupon a selected number of entries, at least some of whom have the
205336nze Final CAP.doc
symbol or symbols least, or alternatively, most selected move to a second phase of the
game which comprises an elimination process to determine one or more winners from the
entries in the second phase, the winner or winners being the final entry or entries at the
end of the elimination process.
In a still further aspect the invention provides a computerised gaming system having at
least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or more winners, in
which the game is conducted in at least two phases, in the first phase of which the
number of entries are reduced to substantially a selected number and in the second phase
of which a winner or winners are found.
In a still further aspect, the invention provides a computerised gaming system, such as a
lottery or promotional system having at least one computer system for recording entries
and determining one or more winners, in which participants are invited to select two or
more symbols from a defined range of symbols, for example between one and n, to
register their selection with a computer system, the computer system being capable of
recording at least the symbols selected in or on the entries, including how many times
each symbol in the defined range of symbols was selected in or on the entries in the game
to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol was selected in or on entries,
and optionally the identity or contact details of the participant and the date and time and
place of the entry, and wherein the game has a single phase, the single phase running
until a defined time has expired whereupon a winning sole entry or entries is or are
selected, at least some of whom have a symbol or symbols least, or alternatively, most
selected by reference firstly to an entry’s choice of symbol which is least or alternatively,
most picked in or on all the entries, then that entry’s next symbol which has been selected
by the next least or alternatively, most in or on the entries, and continuing the process,
until the elimination process is completed and the winning entry or entries are selected, or
in the event that a winning entry is not determined after the completion of the before
described elimination phases, then preferably the elimination process continues by
reference to parameters set around the remaining entries symbol choices, to achieve the
desired eliminations.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In a still further aspect, the invention provides a method of conducting a gaming system,
in which participants are invited to select two or more symbols from a defined available
range of symbols, for example between one and n, to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbols
selected by the participant, including how many times each symbol in the available
symbol range was selected by each of the participants in the game to provide a ranking
list of the number of times each symbol was selected in or on the entries, and optionally
the identity or contact details of the participant and the date and time and place of the
entry, and wherein the game has a single phase the single phase running until a defined
time has expired whereupon a winning sole entry or entries is or are selected, at least
some of whom have the symbol or symbols least, or alternatively, most selected by
reference firstly to an entry’s choice of symbol which is least, or alternatively, most
picked in or on all the entries, then that entry’s next symbol which has been selected in or
on the next least, or alternatively, most entries, and continuing the process, until the
elimination process is completed and the winning entry or entries are selected, or in the
event that a winning entry is not determined after the completion of the before described
elimination phases, then preferably the elimination process continues by reference to
parameters set around the remaining participants number choices, to achieve the desired
eliminations. In still a further aspect the invention provides a computerised gaming
system, such as a lottery or promotional system having at least one computer system for
recording entries and determining one or more winners, in which participants are invited
to select one or more symbols from a defined available range of symbols, for example
between one and n, having at least one computer system for recording the symbol
selections made in or on each of the entries, and recording a ranking value based on their
order from a random draw of all the symbols in the defined range between one and n for
each of the symbols in the available symbol range, and using the resulting rankings of
each symbol to eliminate entries and determine one or more winners.
Preferably the resulting rankings are used by reference to each entry’s selection of their
one or more symbols from the available symbol range relative to how their selected
symbols compared with the selections in or on other entries and compared against the
ranking order of the symbols in the available symbol range.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In a still further aspect the invention provides a method of conducting a gaming system,
in which participants are invited to select one or more symbols from an available range of
symbols, for example between one and n, having at least one computer system for
recording the symbol selections made in or on each entry, and recording a ranking value
or a placement value for each of the symbols in the defined symbol range, for example
ranking the symbols based on their order from a random draw of all the symbols in the
defined range between one and n, and using the resulting rankings of each symbol to
eliminate entries and determine one or more winners.
Preferably the resulting rankings are used by reference to each participant’s selection of
their one or more symbols from the available symbol range relative to how their selected
symbols compared with the selections in or on other entries and compared against the
ranking order of the symbols in the available symbol range.
Preferably, in a two phase game, when the elimination process is commenced in the
second phase, the elimination process continues until only one winner remains.
Preferably the computer system includes: one or more transaction engines (i.e. for entry
logging and storage of the raw data during the time the game is open to receiving entries);
and a gaming engine, which receives the raw data from the transaction engine(s) after
entry into the game is closed, and which then processes raw data using gaming software
to determine the results of the game, including the winner/s.
More preferably the transaction engine includes at least one database with each record
having fields containing (a) customer information, typically a telephone number or credit
card number or email address and/or place of purchase (b) the number or numbers chosen
by the customer, and (c) a receipt number or PIN disclosed to the customer as proof of
that entry.
More preferably the gaming engine’s function results in n records with at least two fields
per record:
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• a first field containing a set of symbols within the available range of n symbols
(so that the records can be sequential through the entire range of n symbols for
that competition); and
• a second numerical field capable of recording a placement value or ranking value
for each n symbol, for example by recording a placement value for each n symbol
if randomly drawn through the full range of n symbols, or alternatively recording
the number of “hits” or number of times each symbol from the defined range of n
symbols has been selected by participants in the game, in order that a selection
total can be recorded for each of the n symbols; and
• optionally a further two fields comprising:
• a third field that records the ranking of each symbol within the defined range of n
symbols calculated by reference to the fore mentioned second numerical field,
including as relevant any symbols within the range of n symbols that are tied with
other n symbols; and
• a fourth field that can, if necessary, record a unique ranking for each symbol
within the defined range of n symbols, with any ties eliminated or resolved by
reference to the ranking value or the selection total number as recorded in the
second numerical field, in order that each of the symbols in the defined range of n
symbols has its own unique ranking within the range of the n symbols.
The databases of the transaction engine and gaming engine can be combined into a single
database and operated within a single computer but we believe that this may make it more
vulnerable to fraud.
Preferably the transaction engine is separate from the gaming engine and only passes
registered entries to the gaming engine once entries into the game are closed.
More preferably, the transaction engine and the gaming engine are duplicated and
controlled by an independent party in order for that party to be able to simultaneously
receive raw data into its separate transaction engine, to hold that raw data in its
205336nze Final CAP.doc
transaction engine until entries into the game are closed, to then pass that raw data from
the transaction engine to the gaming engine, which gaming engine independently process
the raw data using the independent party’s copy of the gaming software stored on its
gaming engine, to independently determine the results of the game, including the
winner/s, and to produce an independent audit report of its results compared with those of
the gaming operator.
We believe this above described process involving an independent party will significantly
reduce the chance for incidences of fraud arising in games using the invention described
herein.
Alternatively the gaming system can be run using a spreadsheet instead of separate
databases.
Preferably the participant is able to enter their own symbols/s by remote data entry such
as by entering it on a telephone keypad, by sending an SMS message, or email message
containing the symbol or symbols they have chosen.
Alternatively it is also possible for the participant to allow the system to choose one or
more symbols at random, so that the participant could for example select a “lucky dip” in
which the system would select one or more symbols at random and enter them into the
competition for the participant.
Preferably the registration process involves the participant paying for their entry.
However, in some uses of the gaming system, the entry may be free, with or without a
prize for the winning participant.
Preferably, when recording a ranking value for each n symbol, the recording is by way of
recording the number of “hits” or number of times each symbol from the defined range of
n symbols has been selected by participants in the game, in order that a selection total can
be recorded for each of the n symbols.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably, when ranking each n symbol, the ranking is first by way of the n symbol that
is chosen the least, then the n symbol that is chosen the second least, and so on to the last
ranked n symbol.
We believe using the ‘least chosen’ method is the preferable method because it provides
greater control and more predictability, for example on limiting participants as they
proceed through elimination stages, thereby giving better and more predictable control to
the gaming or lottery organizer, especially in relation to the predictability of prize payout
obligations. Further, it avoids participants attempting to ‘club together’ their choices on
one set of n symbols, which could occur if the ‘most picked’ method was to be used.
Preferably in selecting entries for the second phase, symbols not selected by any entry are
ignored.
Alternatively the symbols not selected by any entry can belong to the house.
Preferably, when the gaming system is used in a two phase game, the elimination process
operating in the second phase requires participants to provide entries that select further
symbols from a defined range of available symbols, with entries avoiding elimination by
selecting a symbol which has been selected the least in or on the relevant entries in any
elimination step relevant to the second phase.
Preferably the second phase of the elimination process has secondary procedures usable if
a preceding elimination procedure operating in the second phase of the game fails to
select a single winner.
Preferably part of the prize pool is set aside for jackpot and/or super draws/games as
herein described.
As will be appreciated from the examples, there are a number of ways of operating such a
gaming system.
This gaming system can be operated through numerous entry methods. For example, via a
message sent in many ways, including by mail, by fax, by email, by SMS or WAP, or by
logging into a server on the internet, or by entry through a machine such as a gaming
205336nze Final CAP.doc
machine, kiosk, lottery terminal, ATM or POS machine, or through a registration process,
or via telephone. In each of these cases the participants may have purchased a number of
potential entries in advance, or pre-registered and established a credit balance with the
gaming operator, or may wish to pay by credit card, or some other rapid payment system.
When operated via the telephone, for example by utilising a 0900 number ordering
system, the participant can respond to an advertisement perhaps on television, on the
radio, or in the printed media, by calling a defined telephone number and then at the
prompt entering the selected symbols by using the number/s via a touch-tone keypad.
Alternatively the symbol/s or number/s could be entered using an interactive voice
recognition system, by speaking the symbol/s or number/s, and having the computer, or a
human operator, repeat the symbol/s or number/s back to the participant. It is however
preferred that when operated by the telephone, the operation of the system is fully
computerised, and that either a touch-tone keypad can be used, or an interactive voice
recognition system can be used (IVR), as this enables the system to be readily scalable,
and to operate at relatively low cost (in terms of human operators) 24 hours a day.
In a still further aspect the invention provides a computer system including computer
hardware and appropriate software to run the transaction engine and the gaming engine in
accordance with the methods outlined above, and means for allowing the automated input
of information to the gaming engine.
Preferably the input to the transaction engine involves entries via a telephone keypad, via
SMS from mobile phones, via emails, via entries direct to a website, or entries direct to a
kiosk or computer terminal at a retail outlet, and less preferably by mail (as this would
involve scanning of the entry or human input of the entry and reduces the ability to
provide an instantaneous or rapid response to the entrant confirming the details of the
entry).
In a still further aspect the invention resides in a method of conducting a regional or
worldwide lottery in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a
defined available range of symbols, for example between one and n, to register their
selection with a computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at
205336nze Final CAP.doc
least the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and the originating lottery
organization, country or area for each participant, and optionally the identity or contact
details of the participant and the date and time of the entry, and where each symbol from
the available symbols can be ranked, rated or assigned a placement value, the results of
which can then be used at least to include to rank the performance of all entries firstly in
the regional or worldwide lottery so that regional or worldwide winners are determined,
and separately lottery organization, country or area winners can also be determined, or
alternatively the last placed entry or entries can be identified, the results preferably being
achieved using one set of data derived from the ranking and/or rating and/or placement
values attributed to each symbol that is available to be chosen in the overall regional or
worldwide lottery .
In a still further aspect the invention resides in a computerized regional or worldwide
lottery having at least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or
more winners, in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a
defined available range of n symbols, and to register their selection with the computer,
the computer being capable of recording at least the symbol or symbols selected in or on
an entry and the originating lottery organization, country or area for each participant and
optionally recording the identity or contact details of the participant, and wherein the
regional or worldwide lottery has a first phase, the first phase running until a defined time
has expired whereupon a selected number of entries, at least some of whom have the
symbol or symbols least, or alternatively most, selected, move to a second phase of the
lottery which comprises an elimination process to determine one or more winners from
the entries in the second phase, the winner or winners being the final entry or entries at
the end of the elimination process and where the computerized lottery system can also
record one or more winners from each originating lottery organization, country or area in
the first phase and/or second phase.
In a still further aspect the invention resides in a method of conducting a regional or
worldwide lottery, in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a
defined available range of symbols, for example between one and n, to register their
205336nze Final CAP.doc
selection with a computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at
least the symbol or symbols selected in or on an entry, the participant and the originating
lottery organization, country or area for each participant, and optionally the identity or
contact details of the participant and the date and time of the entry, and wherein the
regional or worldwide lottery has a first phase, the first phase running until a defined time
has expired whereupon a selected number of entries, at least some of whom have the
symbol or symbols least, or alternatively most, selected, move to a second phase of the
lottery which comprises an elimination process to determine one or more winners from
the entries in the second phase, the winner or winners being the final entry or entries at
the end of the elimination process and where the computerized lottery system can also
record one or more winners from each originating lottery organization, country or area in
the first phase and/or second phase.
In a still further aspect the invention resides in a method of conducting a regional or
worldwide lottery, in which participants are invited to select two or more symbols from a
defined available range of symbols, for example between one and n, to register their
selection with a computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at
least the symbols selected in or on an entry and the originating lottery organization,
country or area for each participant, and optionally the identity or contact details of the
participant and the date and time of the entry, and wherein the regional or worldwide
lottery has only a first phase, the first phase running until a defined time has expired
whereupon a winning sole entry or entries is/are selected for the regional or worldwide
lottery and where the computerized lottery system also records a winning sole entry or
entries from each originating lottery organization, country or area, at least some of whom
have the symbol or symbols least selected by reference firstly to a participant’s choice of
symbol which is least picked in or on all the entries, then that entry’s next symbol which
has been selected the next least in or on the entries, and continuing the process, until the
elimination process is completed and the winning entry or entries are selected, or
preferably in the event that a winning entry is not determined after the completion of the
before described elimination phases, then the elimination process continues by reference
205336nze Final CAP.doc
to parameters set around the remaining entries symbol choices, which may include by
reference to time of entry, to achieve the desired eliminations.
Preferably when the elimination process is commenced the elimination process continues
until only one winner remains or a selected small number of entries remain.
Preferably the computer system includes a transaction engine (i.e. for entry logging) and
a gaming/lottery engine.
More preferably this includes at least one database with each record having fields
containing (a) customer information, typically a telephone number or credit card number
or email address, (b) the symbol or symbols chosen by the customer, (c) a receipt number
or PIN disclosed to the customer as proof of that entry, and the lottery organisation,
country or area through or in which the participant purchased the entry.
More preferably the gaming/lottery engine includes at least one database. The database
can contain n records with at least three fields per record – a first field containing the
symbol or symbols within the range (so that the records can be sequential through the
entire range of n symbols for that competition), a second numerical field capable of
recording the number of “hits” or number of times that each symbol has been selected,
and a third field containing the lottery organization, country or area through or in which
the entry was purchased by a participant.
The databases of the transaction engine and gaming/lottery engine can be combined into a
single database and operated within a single computer but we believe that this may make
it more vulnerable to fraud.
Alternatively the regional or worldwide lottery can be run using a spreadsheet instead of
separate databases, as we used a spreadsheet in our simulation of the invention, as
described in US7,100,822 and herein.
Preferably the participant is allowed to enter their own symbol/s by remote data entry
such as by entering it on a telephone keypad, by sending an SMS message, or email
message containing the symbol/s or number/s they have chosen. However, it is also
205336nze Final CAP.doc
possible for the participant to allow the system to choose one or more numbers at
random, so that the participant could for example select a “lucky dip” in which the
system would select one or more symbols or numbers at random and enter them into the
competition for the participant.
Preferably the registration process involves the participant paying for their entry.
However, in some gaming or lottery schemes, the entry may be free, with a defined prize
for the winning entry.
Preferably the elimination process operating in the second phase of the invention requires
participants to select further symbols from a defined available range of symbols, with
entries avoiding elimination by selecting a symbol which has been selected the least or
alternatively, most by the relevant participants at that elimination step.
Preferably in selecting participants for the second phase, symbols not selected by any
participant are ignored.
Alternatively the symbols not selected by any participate can belong to the house.
Preferably at least the second phase of the elimination process has secondary procedures
usable if a preceding elimination procedure operating in the second phase of the lottery
fails to select a single winner.
Preferably part of the prize pool is set aside for jackpot and/or super draws.
As will be appreciated from the examples, there are a number of ways of operating such a
lottery.
One of the advantages of this gaming system is that it can be operated via the telephone,
for example by utilising a 0900 number ordering system.
Alternatively the symbol could be entered using an interactive voice recognition system,
by speaking the number, and having the computer, or a human operator, repeat the
symbol back to the participant. It is however preferred that the operation of the system is
fully computerised, and that either a touch-tone keypad can be used, or an interactive
205336nze Final CAP.doc
voice recognition system be used (IVR) as this enables the system to be readily scalable,
and to operate at relatively low cost (in terms of human operators) 24 hours a day.
Alternatively the gaming system can be operated via a message sent in many ways
including by mail, by fax, by email, by SMS or WAP, or by logging into a server on the
internet, by machine such as a gaming machine, kiosk, lottery terminal, ATM or POS
machine, or through a registration process, or via telephone, with participants having pre-
registered. In either of these cases the participants may have purchased a number of
potential entries in advance, or established a credit balance with the gaming operator, or
may wish to pay by credit card, or some other rapid payment system.
In a still further aspect the invention provides a computer system including computer
hardware and appropriate software to run the transaction engine and the gaming engine in
accordance with the methods outlined above, and means for allowing the automated input
of information to the gaming engine.
Preferably the transaction engine is separate from the gaming engine and passes
registered entries sequentially to the gaming engine.
Preferably the input to the transaction engine involves entries via a telephone keypad, via
SMS from mobile phones, via emails, via entries direct to a website, or entries direct to a
kiosk or computer terminal at a retail outlet, and less preferably by mail (as this would
involve scanning of the entry or human input of the entry and reduces the ability to
provide an instantaneous or rapid response to the entrant confirming the details of the
entry).
In another aspect the invention provides a computer program for conducting a gaming
event such as a regional or worldwide lottery in which participants are invited to select at
least one symbol from a defined range of “n” available symbols, and to register their
selection with a computer running the program, the program adapted to record at least the
identity or contact details of the participant, the lottery organization, country or area
through or in which the participant purchased the entry and the symbol or symbols
selected by the participant, and to separately record the number of times each symbol
205336nze Final CAP.doc
within the range of “n” symbols is chosen by all the participants in the regional or
worldwide lottery.
Preferably the symbols are numbers.
A ranking engine for a computerised lottery, the ranking engine comprising one or more
computers for recording entries, which entries include at least one symbol selected from a
set containing n symbols, the computer or computers being capable of:
recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally recording at
least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry, associated with each entry;
recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been selected;
ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on the
number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols associated
with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a ranking engine for a computerised
lottery, the ranking engine comprising one or more computers for recording entries and
ranking entries, in which entries comprise at least one symbol selected from a set
containing n symbols, the computer or computers being capable of:
• recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally
recording at least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry,
associated with each entry and;
• recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been
selected;
• ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on
the number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols
associated with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
Preferably the ranking of each symbol takes place following closure of entries into the
game.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised lottery which makes use
of a ranking engine as described in the two preceding paragraphs.
Preferably the expected number of entries is high enough that the probability that each
member of the set of n symbols will be chosen at least once is substantially certain.
Preferably the lottery has a pre-defined close off time and/or date and the number of
entries A is at least 10 times greater than the number of symbols n.
Preferably the number of entries A is between 10 times and 500,000 times the number of
symbols n.
Preferably each entry comprises r different symbols selected from the set of n symbols.
Preferably r is a number between 4 and 10.
Preferably r is 6.
Preferably there are two or more sets containing symbols n1, n2…nN and each entry
comprises a selection of at least one symbol from each set of symbols.
Preferably the ranking engine contains additional rules to eliminate ties between symbols.
Preferably each set of symbols comprises a set of symbols from 2 to 100, with each
symbol identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
Preferably each set of symbols comprises a set of symbols from 2 to 40, with each
symbol identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably there are two sets of symbols, with the first set comprising a set of symbols
from 2 to 10 in number, and the second set comprising a set of symbols from 10 to 40 in
number, with each symbol in each set identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computer program for conducting a
computerised lottery, the computer program allowing the recording of entries and ranking
entries which select at least one symbol from a set containing n symbols, the computer
program being capable of:
recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally recording at
least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry, associated with each entry;
recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been selected;
ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on the
number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols associated
with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computer program for conducting a
computerised lottery, the computer program allowing the recording of entries and ranking
entries which select at least one symbol from a set containing n symbols, the computer
program being capable of:
• recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally
recording at least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry,
associated with each entry and;
• recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been
selected;
• ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on
the number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols
associated with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
Preferably the program is adapted to record the entry point to the lottery through or in
which the participant purchased the entry, and to record other information chosen from
the group comprising (a) an identity of a lottery organization, (b) a lottery sub-type, and
(c) a country or area; to enable the program to select a winning entry for each of those
entry points to the lottery.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a lottery
comprising the steps of recording entries and ranking those entries, in which entries select
at least one symbol from a set containing n symbols, the computer or computers being
capable of:
recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally recording at
least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry, associated with each entry;
recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been selected;
ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on the
number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols associated
with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a lottery
comprising the steps of recording entries and ranking those entries, in which entries select
at least one symbol from a set containing n symbols, the computer or computers being
capable of:
• recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally
recording at least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry,
associated with each entry and;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been
selected;
• ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on
the number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
• determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols
associated with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
Preferably the results of the lottery are displayed/broadcast in the form of a software or
computer driven simulation, the end result of which is based on the ranking of the n
symbols.
Preferably the simulation is a competitive simulation.
Preferably the competitive simulation is a race simulation.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised game wherein
participants select at least one of a range of symbols, the result of the game being
determined by the number of times participants select each symbol, and ranking means to
rank the number of times each symbol is selected by participants, the ranking being
determined by the number of times participants select each symbol, the result of the game
being determined by comparing the entries of all or at least some of the participants in the
game against the ranking of the symbols.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised gaming system including
display means to display a range of symbols to participants who wish to play the game
provided by the gaming system, selection means to enable participants to select one or
more of the range of symbols, and ranking means to rank the number of times each
symbol is selected by participants, the ranking being determined by the number of times
participants select each symbol, the result of the game being determined by comparing
the entries of all or at least some of the participants in the game against the ranking of the
symbols.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably the selected symbol from the ranking list is the symbol that is ranked as the
least selected or most selected symbol in or on the entries in the game.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised gaming system having at
least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or more winners, in
which the game is conducted in at least two phases, the first phase consisting of one or
more games from which the number of entries in each first phase game are reduced
substantially to a selected number, the selected number comprising less than 40% of all
entries in each first phase game and preferably comprising no more than 10% of all
entries, and from which a winner or winners of each first phase game is and/or are
determined, and in the second phase, the selected number from the one or more first
phase games are entered into a final game from which a winner or winners are
determined, with the only way for a participant to obtain an entry into the final game is
by way of a participant entering into a game in the first phase and becoming one of the
selected number from that first phase game.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised gaming system, such as a
lottery, game or promotional system, having at least one computer system for recording
entries and determining one or more winners, in which participants are invited to select
two or more symbols from a defined available range of symbols from one to n, and to
register their selection with a computer system, the computer system being capable of
recording at least the symbols selected in or on each entry, including how many times
each symbol in the available symbol range from one to n was selected in or on each of the
entries in the game, to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol in the
range of one to n was selected, the ranking being determined either by the number of
times each symbol is selected in or on entries, with the order of ranking of each symbol in
the ranking list from first to n being determined by firstly, that symbol that is least chosen
being ranked first, secondly, that symbol that is second least chosen is ranked second and
subsequently continuing the order of ranking in like manner, or alternatively that symbol
that is most chosen is ranked first, that symbol that is second most chosen is ranked
second and subsequently continuing the order of ranking in like manner, and optionally
the computer system being capable of recording the identity or contact details of the
205336nze Final CAP.doc
participant and the date and time and place of the entry, and wherein the game has a
single phase, the single phase running until a defined time has expired whereupon a
winning sole entry or entries is or are selected, the winner or winners of the game being
determined by comparing the symbol or symbols in all or at least some of the entries of
all or at least some of the participants in the game against the ranking of the symbols as
set out in the ranking list to make the desired eliminations, by comparing one or more of
the symbols chosen in or on each entry against the ranking list of the symbols.
Preferably the step of comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols comprises the step of progressively eliminating
those relevant entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower, or
alternatively higher, on the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other entries
until a winner or winners is or are found.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised gaming system, such as a
lottery, game or promotional system having at least one computer system for recording
entries and determining one or more winners, in which participants are invited to select
one or more symbols from a defined available range of symbols between one and n,
having at least one computer system for recording the symbol selections made on or in
each of the entries, and recording a ranking value for each of the symbols in the defined
available range of symbols from one to n based on their order of draw from a random
draw of some or all of the symbols in the available range, and also recording a ranking
list of the symbols from first to n with the order of the symbols in the ranking list being
determined by reference to the order in which the symbols become randomly drawn, and
using the resulting ranking list to eliminate entries and determine one or more winners.
Preferably the winner or winners of the game are determined by comparing the entries of
all or at least some of the participants in the game against the ranking of the symbols as
set out in the ranking list to achieve the desired eliminations, in particular, by comparing
one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry made by each of the participants
against the ranking list of the symbols.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably the step of comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols comprises the step of progressively eliminating
those relevant entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower, or
alternatively higher, on the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other entries
until a winner or winners is or are found.
Preferably the computer system includes one or more transaction engines (i.e. for entry
logging and storage of the raw data during the time the game is open to receiving entries)
and a gaming engine, which receives the raw data from the transaction engine(s) after
entry into the game is closed, and which then processes the raw data using the gaming
software and determines the results of the game, including the winner/s.
Preferably the transaction engine(s) includes at least one database with each record
having fields containing (a) customer information, typically a telephone number or credit
card number or email address and/or place of purchase (b) the number or numbers chosen
by the customer, (c) a receipt number or PIN disclosed to the customer as proof of that
entry.
Preferably the gaming engine accesses at least one database.
Preferably the gaming engine’s function results in n records with at least two fields per
record comprising:
a first field containing a set of symbols within the available range of n
symbols (so that the records can be sequential through the entire range of n
symbols for that competition); and
a second numerical field capable of recording a placement value or ranking
value for each n symbol, for example by recording a placement value for each
n symbol if randomly drawn through the full range of n symbols, or
alternatively recording the number of “hits” or number of times each symbol
from the defined range of n symbols has been selected in or on entries in the
game, in order that a selection total can be recorded for each of the n symbols;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
optionally a further two fields comprising:
a third field that records the ranking of each symbol within the defined range
of n symbols calculated by reference to the fore mentioned second numerical
field, including as relevant any symbols within the range of n symbols that are
tied with other n symbols; and
a fourth field that can, if necessary, record a unique ranking for each symbol
within the defined range of n symbols, with any ties eliminated or resolved by
reference to the ranking value or the selection total number as recorded in the
second numerical field, in order that each of the symbols in the defined range
of n symbols has its own unique ranking within the range of the n symbols.
Preferably the databases of the transaction engine and gaming engine are combined into a
single database and operated within a single computer.
Preferably the transaction engine is separate from the gaming engine and only passes
registered entries to the gaming engine once entry into the game is closed.
Preferably the transaction engine(s) and the gaming engine are duplicated and the
duplication controlled by an independent party in order for that party to be able to
simultaneously or first receive the raw gaming data into its separate transaction engine(s),
to hold that raw data in its transaction engine(s) until entries into the game are closed, to
then pass that raw data from the independent party’s transaction engine(s) to its gaming
engine, to independently process the raw data using the independent party’s copy of the
gaming software stored on its gaming engine, to independently determine the results of
the game, including the winner/s, and to produce an independent audit report of its results
compared with those of the gaming operator.
Preferably the participant is able to enter their own number/s by remote data entry such as
by entering it on a telephone keypad, by sending an SMS message, or email message
containing the number/s they have chosen.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably the participant is allowed by the system to choose one or more symbols, at
random.
Preferably the registration process involves the participant paying for their entry.
Preferably when recording a ranking value for each n symbol, the recording is by way of
recording the number of “hits” or number of times each symbol from the available range
of n symbols has been selected by participants in the game, in order that a selection total
can be recorded for each of the n symbols.
Preferably when ranking each n symbol, the ranking is first by way of the n symbol that
is chosen the least, then the n symbol that is chosen the second least, and so on to the last
ranked n symbol.
Preferably the symbols not selected by any participant are ignored.
Preferably the symbols not selected by any participant can belong to the house.
Preferably the symbols not selected by any participant are given a ranking after symbols
which have been selected.
Preferably the symbols not selected by any participant are given a ranking of the most
chosen.
Preferably when the gaming system is used in a two phase game, the elimination process
operating in the second phase requires entries to select further symbols from an available
range, with participants avoiding elimination by selecting a symbol which has been
selected the least in or on relevant entries in any elimination step relevant to the second
phase.
Preferably at least any second phase of the elimination process has secondary procedures
usable if a preceding elimination procedure operating in the second phase of the game
fails to select a single winner.
Preferably part of the prize pool is set aside for jackpot and/or super draws/games.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably the symbols are numbers.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a gaming system
in which participants are invited to select one or more symbols from a defined available
range of symbols, between one and n, having at least one computer system for recording
the symbol selections made in or on each of the entries, including how many times each
symbol in the available symbol range was selected in or on each of the entries in the
game, then ranking the symbols in the available symbol range, and using the resulting
rankings to eliminate entries and determine one or more winners, for example by
reference to each entries selection of their one or more symbols from the available
symbol range relative to how their selected symbols compared with other entries
selections, and compared against the ranking order of the symbols in the available symbol
range.
Preferably the symbols are ranked based on how many times each of the symbols in the
available symbol range were selected in or on entries.
Preferably the least selected symbol is ranked first, the second least selected symbol is
ranked second, and this process is continued to the most selected symbol which is ranked
last.
Preferably entries are eliminated and a winner or winners are determined by reference to
each entries selection of their one or more symbols from the available symbol range
relative to how their selected symbols compared with other entries selections, and
compared against the ranking order of the symbols in the defined symbol range.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a gaming system
in which participants are invited to select one or more symbols from an available symbol
range between one and n, having at least one computer system for recording the symbol
selections made in or on each of the entries, including how many times each symbol in
the available symbol range was selected in or on each of the entries in the game to
provide a selection total, then uniquely ranking each of the symbols in the available
symbol range by ranking the symbols based on the selection total relevant to each symbol
205336nze Final CAP.doc
in the available symbol range, and, in circumstances where two or more of the symbols in
the available symbol range are tied with the same selection total number, eliminating or
resolving ties by ranking those tied numbers utilizing the results from the choices in or on
entries in the gaming system in order that each of the symbols in the available symbol
range of one to n has its own unique ranking number or placement value.
Preferably the tied symbols are ranked by firstly determining whether or not the selection
total number is an ‘odd number’ or an ‘even number’ and secondly, using that ‘odd’ or
‘even’ determination to rank any tied symbols by ordering the tied symbols in accordance
with whether the selection total number is ‘odd’ or ‘even’.
Preferably a selection total number that is an ‘odd number’ results in the tied symbols that
are numbers or that can be identified by reference to a number being ordered with the
highest face value number being placed first, and a selection total number that is an ‘even
number’ results in the tied symbols that are numbers or that can be identified by reference
to a number being ordered with the lowest face value number being placed first.
Alternatively a selection total number that is an ‘even number’ results in the tied symbols
that are numbers or that can be identified by reference to a number being ordered with the
highest face value number being placed first, and a selection total number that is an ‘odd
number’ results in the tied symbols that are numbers or that can be identified by reference
to a number being ordered with the lowest face value number being placed first.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a gaming system
in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a defined available
range of n symbols, and to register their selection with the computer, the computer being
capable of recording at least the symbol or symbols selected in or on the entry, including
how many times each symbol in the available symbol range was selected in or on each of
the entries in the game, and to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol
or symbols were selected in or on an entry, the ranking being determined by the number
of times each symbol was selected in or on an entry, and optionally recording the identity
or contact details of the participant, and wherein the gaming system has at least two
phases, the first phase running until a defined time has expired whereupon at least one of
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the n symbols is selected, the selection being made by selecting at least one of the
symbols in the ranking list based on selection criteria pre-determined by reference to the
rankings of the symbols in the ranking list, to provide a number of entries, at least some
of whom have selected one of the n symbols selected, and moving the selected entries to
a second phase of the gaming system which second phase comprises an elimination
process to determine one or more winners from the entries in the second phase, the
winner or winners being the final entry or entries at the end of the elimination process.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a gaming system
having at least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or more
winners, in which the game is conducted in at least two phases, the first phase consisting
of one or more games from which the number of entries in each first phase game are
reduced substantially to a selected number, the selected number comprising less than 40%
of all entries in each first phase game and preferably comprising no more than 10% of all
entries, and from which a winner or winners of each first phase game is and/or are
determined, and in the second phase, the selected number from the one or more first
phase games are entered into a final game from which a winner or winners are
determined, with the only way for a participant to obtain an entry into the final game is
by way of a participant entering into a game in the first phase and becoming one of the
selected number from that first phase game.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a gaming system,
in which participants are invited to select two or more symbols from a defined available
range of symbols from one to n, and to register their selection with a computer system,
the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbols selected in or on
each entry, including how many times each symbol in the available symbol range from
one to n was selected in or on each of the entries in the game, to provide a ranking list of
the number of times each symbol in the range of one to n was selected, the ranking being
determined either by the number of times each symbol is selected in or on entries, with
the order of ranking of each symbol in the ranking list from first to n being determined by
firstly, that symbol that is least chosen being ranked first, secondly, that symbol that is
second least chosen is ranked second and subsequently continuing the order of ranking in
205336nze Final CAP.doc
like manner, or alternatively that symbol that is most chosen is ranked first, that symbol
that is second most chosen is ranked second and subsequently continuing the order of
ranking in like manner, and optionally the computer system being capable of recording
the identity or contact details of the participant and the date and time and place of the
entry, and wherein the game has a single phase, the single phase running until a defined
time has expired whereupon a winning sole entry or entries is or are selected, the winner
or winners of the game being determined by comparing the symbol or symbols in or on
all or at least some of the entries of all or at least some of the participants in the game
against the ranking of the symbols as set out in the ranking list to make the desired
eliminations, by comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols.
Preferably the step of comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols comprises the step of progressively eliminating
those relevant entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower, or
alternatively higher, on the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other entries
until a winner or winners is or are found.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a gaming system,
in which participants are invited to select one or more symbols from a defined available
range of symbols between one and n, having at least one computer system for recording
the symbol selections made on or in each of the entries, and recording a ranking value for
each of the symbols in the defined available range of symbols from one to n based on
their order of draw from a random draw of some or all of the symbols in the available
range, and also recording a ranking list of the symbols from first to n with the order of the
symbols in the ranking list being determined by reference to the order in which the
symbols become randomly drawn, and using the resulting ranking list to eliminate entries
and determine one or more winners,
Preferably the winner or winners of the game are determined by comparing the entries of
all or at least some of the participants in the game against the ranking of the symbols as
set out in the ranking list to achieve the desired eliminations, in particular, by comparing
205336nze Final CAP.doc
one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry made by each of the participants
against the ranking list of the symbols, and continually eliminating those relevant
participants that have an inferior choice of symbol or symbols compared to one or more
other participants choice of symbol or symbols, with that participant or those participants
that avoid eliminations and who become the winner or winners having a relevant symbol
or symbols ranked higher, or alternatively lower, on the ranking list than the other
participants.
Preferably when the elimination process is commenced in the second phase, the
elimination process continues until one winner remains.
Preferably the symbols are numbers.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computer system including computer
hardware and appropriate software to run the transaction engine and the gaming engine in
accordance with the methods claimed in any one of the preceding paragraphs, and means
to allow the automated input of information to the gaming engine.
Preferably the input to the transaction engine involves entries via a telephone keypad, via
SMS from mobile phones, via emails, via entries direct to a website, or entries direct to a
kiosk, or computer terminal at a retail outlet, and by mail.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a regional or
worldwide lottery in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a
defined available range of symbols between one and n, to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbol or
symbols selected in or on each entry and the originating lottery organization, country or
area for each entry, and optionally recording the identity or contact details of the
participant and the date and time of the entry, and where each symbol selected in or on
each entry from the symbols available to be selected can be ranked, rated or assigned a
placement value, the results of which can then be used at least to rank the performance of
all entries firstly in the regional or worldwide lottery so that regional or worldwide
winners are determined, and separately to determine lottery organization, country or area
205336nze Final CAP.doc
winners, and optionally, to determine the last placed entry in the regional or worldwide
lottery and separately to determine the last placed entries from each participating lottery
organization, country or area, the results being achieved using one set of data derived
from the ranking and/or rating and/or placement values attributed to each symbol that is
available to be chosen in the overall regional or worldwide lottery .
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a regional or
worldwide lottery, in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a
defined available range of symbols, between one and n, to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbol or
symbols selected in or on each entry and the originating lottery organization, country or
area for each entry, and to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol was
selected, the ranking of each symbol in the ranking list being determined by the number
of times each symbol is selected in or on entries, optionally the identity or contact details
of the participant and the date and time of the entry, and wherein the regional or
worldwide lottery has at least two phases, the first phase running until a defined time has
expired whereupon at least one of the n symbols is selected, the selection being made by
selecting at least one of the symbols in the ranking list based on selection criteria pre-
determined by reference to the rankings of the symbols in the ranking list, to provide a
number of entries, at least some of whom have selected one of the n symbols selected,
and moving the selected entries to a second phase of the lottery, which second phase
comprises an elimination process to determine one or more winners from those entries
that were selected to move from the first phase to the second phase, the winner or winners
in the second phase being the final entry or entries at the end of a pre-determined
elimination process determined for the second phase, and optionally where the
computerized lottery system can also record one or more winners from each originating
lottery organization, country or area in the first phase and/or second phase.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a method of conducting a regional or
worldwide lottery, in which participants are invited to select two or more symbols from a
defined available range of symbols from one to n, and to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbols
205336nze Final CAP.doc
selected in or on each entry, including how many times each symbol in the available
symbol range from one to n was selected in or on each of the entries in the game, to
provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol in the range of one to n was
selected, the ranking being determined by either the number of times each symbol was
selected in or on entries, with the order of ranking of each symbol in the ranking list from
first to n being determined by firstly, that symbol that is least chosen being ranked first,
secondly, that symbol that is second least chosen is ranked second and subsequently
continuing the order of ranking in like manner, or alternatively that symbol that is most
chosen is ranked first, that symbol that is second most chosen is ranked second and
subsequently continuing the order of ranking in like manner, and recording the
originating lottery organization, country or area for each participant or entry, and
optionally the computer system being capable of recording the identity or contact details
of the participant and the date and time and place of the entry, and wherein the regional
or worldwide lottery has only a single phase, the single phase running until a defined time
has expired whereupon a winning sole entry or entries is or are selected for the regional
or worldwide lottery and where the computerized lottery system can also record a
winning sole entry or entries from each originating lottery organization, country or area,
the relevant winner or winners of the game being determined by comparing the symbol or
symbols in or on at least some of the entries of all or at least some of the participants in
the game against the ranking of the symbols as set out in the ranking list to make the
desired eliminations, by comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each
entry against the ranking list of the symbols.
Preferably the step of comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols comprises the step of progressively eliminating
those relevant entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower, or
alternatively higher, on the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other entries
until a winner or winners is or are found.
Preferably when the elimination process is commenced in the second phase of the lottery,
the elimination process continues until only one winner remains or a selected small
number of entries remain.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably the symbol or symbols are a number or numbers.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerized regional or worldwide
lottery having at least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or
more winners, in which participants are invited to select at least one symbol from a
defined available range of symbols, between one and n, to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbol or
symbols selected in or on entries and the originating lottery organization, country or area
for each entry, and optionally the identity or contact details of the participant and the date
and time of the entry, including how many times each symbol in the available symbol
range was selected in or on each of the entries in the game and to provide a ranking list of
the number of times each symbol was selected, the ranking of each symbol in the ranking
list being determined by the number of times each symbol is selected in or on entries, and
wherein the regional or worldwide lottery has at least two phases, the first phase running
until a defined time has expired whereupon at least one of the n symbols is selected, the
selection being made by selecting at least one of the symbols in the ranking list based on
selection criteria pre-determined by reference to the rankings of the symbols in the
ranking list, to provide a number of entries, at least some of whom have selected one of
the n symbols selected, and moving the selected entries to a second phase of the lottery,
which second phase comprises an elimination process to determine one or more winners
from those entries that were selected to move from the first phase to the second phase, the
winner or winners in the second phase being the final entry or entries at the end of a pre-
determined elimination process, and optionally where the computerized lottery system
can also record one or more winners from each originating lottery organization, country
or area in the first phase and/or second phase.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerised regional or worldwide
lottery having at least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or
more winners, in which the lottery is conducted in at least two phases, the first phase
consisting of one or more lotteries from which the number of entries in each first phase
lottery are reduced substantially to a selected number, the selected number comprising
less than 40% of all entries in each first phase lottery and preferably comprising no more
205336nze Final CAP.doc
than 10% of all entries, and from which a winner or winners of each first phase lottery
is/are determined, and in the second phase, the selected number from the one or more first
phase lotteries are entered into a final lottery from which a winner or winners are
determined, with the only way for a participant to obtain an entry into the final lottery is
by way of a participant entering into a lottery in the first phase and becoming one of the
selected number from that first phase lottery.
In a still further aspect the invention consists in a computerized regional or worldwide
lottery having at least one computer system for recording entries and determining one or
more winners, in which participants are invited to select two or more symbols from a
defined available range of symbols from one to n, and to register their selection with a
computer system, the computer system being capable of recording at least the symbols
selected in or on each entry, including how many times each symbol in the available
symbol range from one to n was selected in or on each of the entries in the game, to
provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol in the range of one to n was
selected, the ranking being determined either by the number of times each symbol was
selected in or on entries, with the order of ranking of each symbol in the ranking list from
first to n being determined by firstly, that symbol that is least chosen being ranked first,
secondly, that symbol that is second least chosen is ranked second and subsequently
continuing the order of ranking in like manner, or alternatively that symbol that is most
chosen is ranked first, that symbol that is second most chosen is ranked second and
subsequently continuing the order of ranking in like manner, and recording the
originating lottery organization, country or area for each participant or entry, and
optionally the computer system being capable of recording the identity or contact details
of the participant and the date and time and place of the entry, and wherein the regional
or worldwide lottery has only a single phase, the single phase running until a defined time
has expired whereupon a winning sole entry or entries is or are selected for the regional
or worldwide lottery and where the computerized lottery system can also record a
winning sole entry or entries from each originating lottery organization, country or area,
the relevant winner or winners of the game being determined by comparing the symbol or
symbols in or on all or some of the entries of all or at least some of the participants in the
game against the ranking of the symbols as set out in the ranking list to make the desired
205336nze Final CAP.doc
eliminations, by comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols.
Preferably the step of comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry
against the ranking list of the symbols comprises the step of progressively eliminating
those relevant entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower, or
alternatively higher, on the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other entries
until a winner or winners is or are found.
Preferably the computer system includes one or more transaction engines (i.e. for entry
logging and storage of the raw gaming data during the time the game is open to receiving
entries) and a gaming engine, which receives the raw data from the transaction engine(s)
after entry into the game is closed, and which then processes the raw data using the
gaming software and determines the results of the game, including the winner/s.
Preferably the transaction engine(s) includes at least one database with each record
having fields containing (a) customer information, typically a telephone number or credit
card number or email address, (b) the number or numbers chosen by the customer, (c) a
receipt number or PIN disclosed to the customer as proof of that entry, and the lottery
organisation, country or area through or in which the participant purchased the entry.
Preferably the gaming engine accesses at least one database.
Preferably the gaming engine can receive and record the information from the transaction
engine(s) and in which the gaming engine’s function results in n records with at least two
fields per record comprising:
a first field containing a number within the range of n numbers (so that the
records can be sequential through the entire range of n numbers for that
competition);
a second numerical field capable of recording a placement value or ranking
value for each n number, for example by recording a placement value for each
n number if randomly drawn through the full range of n numbers, or
205336nze Final CAP.doc
alternatively recording the number of “hits” or number of times each number
from the defined range of n numbers has been selected by participants in the
game, in order that a selection total can be recorded for each of the n numbers;
optionally two further fields comprising:
a third field that records the ranking of each number within the defined range
of n numbers calculated by reference to the fore mentioned second numerical
field, including as relevant any numbers within the range of n numbers that
are tied with other n numbers;
a fourth field that can, if necessary, record a unique ranking for each number
within the defined range of n numbers, with any ties eliminated or resolved by
reference to the ranking value or the selection total number as recorded in the
second numerical field, in order that each of the numbers in the defined range
of n numbers has its own unique ranking number within the range of the n
numbers.
Preferably the databases of the transaction engine and lottery engine can be combined
into a single database and operated within a single computer.
Preferably the participant is allowed to enter their own number/s by remote data entry
such as by entering it on a telephone key pad, by sending an SMS message, or email
message containing the number/s they have chosen.
Preferably the participant can allow the system to chose one or more symbols at random,
so that the participant could for example elect for the computer system to select one or
more of the symbols for the participant, in which case the computer system would select
one or more numbers at random and enter them into the competition for the participant.
Preferably the transaction engine(s) and the gaming engine are duplicated and with the
duplication independently controlled by an independent party in order for that party to be
able to simultaneously or first receive the raw gaming data into the independent party’s
205336nze Final CAP.doc
separate transaction engine(s), to hold that raw data in its transaction engine(s) until
entries into the game are closed, to then pass that raw data from its transaction engine(s)
to its gaming engine, to independently process the raw data using the independent party’s
copy of the gaming software stored on its gaming engine, to independently determine the
results of the game, including the winner/s, and to produce an independent audit report of
its results compared with those of the gaming operator.
Preferably the elimination process or processes operating in the second phase of the
invention requires participants to select further symbols from a defined available range,
with participants avoiding elimination by selecting a symbol which has been selected the
least or alternatively, selected the most by all the relevant participants at that relevant
elimination step operative in the second phase.
Preferably in selecting entries for the second phase, symbols not selected in or on any
entry are given a ranking after symbols which have been selected.
Preferably symbols not selected in or on any entry belong to the house.
Alternatively symbols not selected in or on any entry are given a ranking of the most
selected symbol.
Preferably at least the second phase of the elimination process has secondary procedures
usable if a preceding elimination procedure operating in the second phase of the lottery
fails to select a single winner.
Preferably the symbol or symbols are a number or numbers.
Preferably part of the prize pool is set aside for jackpot and/or super draws.
Preferably the system has a transaction engine separate from the gaming or lottery
engine, the transaction engine only passing registered entries to the gaming or lottery
engine after entries into the relevant game are closed.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
INVENTIVE STEP
The invention as claimed allows a gaming event, including a virtual race and/or a lottery,
to operate with prizes, without prizes, or to operate using a totalizer or pari-mutuel
system (where the total prize pool depends upon the number of entries and is not a fixed
amount) or to operate using a pari-mutuel system in combination with an ‘additional
fixed prize’, and wherein the gaming event closes at a defined time or upon the reaching
of defined parameters such as the reaching of a predetermined number of ticket sales or
prize pool and wherein the gaming system provides for participants to select one or more
symbols such as numbers (including for the avoidance of doubt, number equivalents)
from a defined available range of symbols from one to n.
The gaming system then provides for the ranking of the symbols in the defined available
symbol range one to n based on how many times each of the symbols in the available
symbol range were selected by participants, or alternatively, the gaming system can
provide for the ranking of each of the n symbols based on a placement value for each n
symbol if the n symbols are randomly drawn through the full range of n symbols.
The gaming system then uses the resulting rankings of each of the symbols such as
numbers in the defined symbol range to rank and eliminate participants in the gaming
event and determine one or more winners. The gaming system does this by, for example,
reference to each participant’s selection of their one or more symbols from the defined
available symbol range relative to how their selected symbol or symbols compared with
other participants selections, and compared against the ranking order that has been
determined for each of the symbols in the available symbol range and progressively
eliminating those relevant entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower,
or alternatively higher, on the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other
entries, until a winner or winners is or are found
Participants can be eliminated to leave a winner from a single phase, or alternatively, the
invention allows a gaming event to operate where most of the participants are eliminated
in a first phase and only a selected and predetermined number of participants, for
example say 9 participants, then participate in a second phase of the game, which then
205336nze Final CAP.doc
finds a winner from those 9 participants. This allows the second phase to provide the
basis of a media event if desired, with that media event set around the eliminations of
participants from among those 9 participants in the second phase of a game until a winner
or winners are found.
The invention also allows a gaming event to operate involving one or more first phase
games, where a winner or winners of the first phase games are selected and receive the
relevant first phase game prizes, and a selected and predetermined maximum percentage
of participants from those first phase games, for example say a maximum of 5% - 10% of
all first phase participants, then proceed and go on to participate by way of entry in a
second phase of the game which is a ‘super’ game or draw, which then finds a winner or
winners from that small group of participants. Participants that become eligible to
participate in the ‘super’ game or draw will have great odds of winning the prizes on
offer that the gaming system guarantees will be won. Further, such a gaming event allows
the second phase of such a game to offer a ‘substantial additional prize’ at an affordable
cost to the participants and the gaming operator which ‘may’ be won, in addition to the
prizes on offer in the ‘super’ game or draw that ‘will’ be won.
The invention also allows entries to be made remotely e.g. by telephone or email without
the need for a pre-printed ticket.
The invention also allows for the involvement of an independent auditing party that can
simultaneously replicate the results determining process undertaken by the gaming
operator using games based on this invention, and which can produce at the conclusion of
each game, an independent audit report confirming the integrity of the results of games
using the invention described herein.
DRAWINGS:
These and other aspects of this invention, which will be considered in all its novel
aspects, will become apparent from the following descriptions, which are given by way of
examples only, with reference to the accompanying drawings in which:
Figure 1 is a basic overview of the transaction process.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Figure 2 is a basic overview of the transaction process with the involvement of an
independent auditing party.
Figure 3 is a flow chart setting out the method for the resolution of ties occurring
between two or more numbers within the n numbers, by using the ‘odds’
or ‘evens’ totals associated with each number in the defined number range.
Figure 4 is a series of computer printouts showing by way of example a method of
processing by a computer of a gaming event using the invention described
herein involving a sample of 100,000 participants playing a [worldwide]
game where players pick six numbers from a range of 30 numbers. This
series of steps is relevant to the examples set out in Examples 3, 4 and 6
below wherein participants pick six numbers from a number range of 1 to
n, and where n = 30.
Figure 5 is a series of computer printouts of a story board relating to a game design
of a Virtual Horse Race where players pick six horses from a range of 20
horses. This is described in Example 5 below.
Figure 6 is a series of computer printouts of a story board relating to a game design
of a Virtual Space Race where players pick six space vehicles from a
range of twenty space vehicles. This is an adaption of the horse race set
out in Example 5 below.
Figure 7 shows the odds of picking ‘r’ numbers from a range of ‘n’ numbers and the
calculations required to determine those odds.
Figure 8 shows the ranking of the n numbers, in this example the ranking of the 20 n
numbers being determined using all n number picks.
Figure 9 shows the invention being used in a series of games (all comprising the one
game), where the participants pick in each game one n number from a
range of n numbers.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Figure 10 shows a diagrammatic representation of the invention used in a card game
played over a number of countries. This is relevant to the example set out
in Example 10 below.
Figure 11 is a series of computer printouts showing by way of example a method of
processing by a computer of the card game using the invention described
herein involving a sample of 1,000 participants playing a worldwide card
game where players pick six cards from a range of 14 cards. This series of
steps is relevant to the examples set out in Example 10 below wherein
participants pick six cards from a card range of 1 to n, and where n = 14.
And
Figures 12 shows alternative forms of presenting the invention.
BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE DRAWINGS:
Figure 1 shows a basic overview of the transaction process, showing the remote entry
from a number of different sources, through to a transaction engine (1), which stores the
raw data information in a client and transaction database (2). These inputs are indicated
at sales level (3). It shows that one of the entries could be from a mobile telephone, smart
phone, or from a landline using an interactive voice recognition system (labelled as
“IVR”). It shows a separation between the transaction engine (1) and the gaming engine
(4), with the transaction engine (1) only passing its raw data to the gaming engine (4)
after entries into the game have been closed. While Figure (1) only shows the use of one
transaction engine, it will be appreciated that the transaction process could involve more
than one transaction engine which would provide further safeguards against unauthorized
attempts to access the raw data, as it would not all be stored on the one transaction
engine. The flow chart also shows a ‘lock’ (5) which represents the raw data being stored
in the database (2) in the transaction engine (1) without the ability of anyone accessing
the raw data while the game is open and entries are being accepted. The number choices
made by entries into the game are kept secure. All that may be seen by the gaming
205336nze Final CAP.doc
operator during this time is limited information, the knowledge of which cannot affect or
determine the integrity or outcome of the game e.g. information available from the
transaction engine (1) could be limited to just the number of accumulated entries, the
sales revenues from those entries, and it may include the source of those entries. The
gaming engine (4) provides a database and processing software (6) to run the game by
receiving information from the transaction engine (1) once the game has closed and then
processing the information to determine the winners, notify the results and produce audit
reports. Suitable firewalls (7) are provided. The accounting function has been omitted
from this flow chart. Once a winner is found, communication will come from the lottery
engine back to the transaction engine. The transaction engine can then call information
on the winning entry from its database, and communicate back via the appropriate
channel to the winner.
Figure 2 repeats the information contained in Figure 1 and in addition shows the
involvement of an independent party that has a separate transaction engine (8), which
stores the raw data information in a transaction database (9). The simultaneous receipt by
the independent party of the raw data information is indicated at (10). One of the ways
that this could occur is by way of a secure splitter (11) that sends the sales level data (3)
to both the gaming operator’s transaction engine (1) and to the independent party’s
transaction engine (8) simultaneously or first. Figure 2 also shows a separation between
the independent party’s transaction engine (8) and its separate gaming engine (12), which
contains a duplicate copy of the gaming software (13). This flow chart shows that the
independent party’s transaction engine (8) simultaneously receives the raw transaction
data of the game (10 and 11) and stores it until the entries into the game are closed,
following which the raw data is sent by the independent party’s transaction engine (8) to
the independent party’s gaming engine (12) for processing to a winner/s. The flow chart
also shows a ‘lock’ (14) which represents the raw data being stored in the database (9) in
the transaction engine (8), without the ability of anyone accessing the raw data while the
game is open and entries are being accepted. The number choices made by entries into
the game are kept secure. All that may be seen by the independent auditing party during
this time is limited information, the knowledge of which cannot affect or determine the
integrity or outcome of the game e.g. information available from the independent party’s
205336nze Final CAP.doc
transaction engine (8) could be limited to just the number of accumulated entries, the
sales revenues from those entries, and it may include the source of those entries. The
flow chart also shows the independent party receiving the game results from the gaming
operator (15), checking those game results against its own results, identifying any
discrepancies and producing an audit report. Procedures are to be provided and followed
in the event of there being identified any discrepancies (there should be none). These
procedures could include placing a hold on the distribution of any ‘affected’
winners/prizes until any discrepancy is resolved, or if the circumstances warrant, then
notifying the appropriate body or authority for further investigation. Further, Figure 2
shows that suitable firewalls (16) are provided.
Figure 3 shows how ties can be resolved in circumstances where two or more numbers
within the range of numbers from 1 to n are chosen exactly the same number of times by
participants in a game and have the same selection total number. Multiple numbers of ties
could also occur. It is preferable that in some uses of the game, for example where the
range of numbers from 1 to n, where n is a low number (such as set out in examples 3, 4,
, 6, 7 and 10 below, where n = 30, or n = 20, or n = 18, or n = 14) that all ties are
resolved so that a unique ranking of all n numbers, without any ties, is achieved. While
there will be a number of ways to resolve ties, such as by a random method, the preferred
way is to resolve all ties in games where such ties occur by using the unpredictability of
the results of the participants’ own choices of n numbers in the game itself, using the
resulting ‘odds’ and ‘evens’ totals of the relevant selection total number. This is set out
in Figure 3, and is further set out in Example 3.3 below.
Figure 4 shows, by way of a series of computer printouts, a method of processing by a
computer the results for a 100,000 participant [worldwide] game. The series of computer
printouts show:
• Figure 4a shows the ticket sales and the calculation of the ranking system from
this example of the game. Ticket numbers 1-34 and each of their 6 chosen
numbers are shown on Figure 4a, but noting that theses ticket numbers continue
until ticket number 100,000, as in this example there are 100,000 participants in
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the game. The raw results are then processed recording how many times each of
the 30 numbers in the number range were chosen (“hits”) by participants as their
first number (the PRIMARY number) in the game. The total number of hits is
equal to the number of participants in the game, in this example the hits total
100,000. The 30 PRIMARY number choices are then ranked by the number of
hits attributed to each of the 30 numbers when participants made their PRIMARY
number choices. Some numbers may be tied with the same number of hits and in
this example PRIMARY number choices of numbers 1 and 3 are tied with 3,305
hits each. Finally Figure 4a shows the final rankings of the 30 chosen PRIMARY
numbers with all ties resolved using the ‘odds’ or ‘evens’ method as set out in the
patent.
In summary, the unique ranking of each of the n numbers, being the 30 n
numbers that were available for selection, is determined by the participants own
choices in the game.
• Figure 4b shows a results overview of the game, and lists all those 3,237
participants out of the 100,000 participants playing the game that correctly chose
as their PRIMARY number, the number that was least picked – in this example it
is number 19.
• Figure 4c shows a results overview of the game, and lists all those 124
participants out of the 3,237 participants. These 124 participants correctly chose
as their PRIMARY number, the number that was least picked – in this example it
is number 19 and also correctly chose as their first SECONDARY number, the
number in the unique rankings that was the 2nd least picked – in this example it is
number 4.
• Figure 4d shows a results overview of the game, and lists all those 3 participants
out of the 124 participants. These 3 participants correctly chose as their
PRIMARY number, the number that was least picked – in this example it is
205336nze Final CAP.doc
number 19 and also correctly chose as their first and second SECONDARY
numbers, the number in the unique rankings that was the 2nd and 3rd least picked
– in this example it is number 4 and 22.
• Figure 4e, 4f, and 4g shows that there are no participants that, having reached the
stage set out in Figure 4d above, also correctly chose in order, SECONDARY
number 3, or SECONDARY numbers 3 and 4, or SECONDARY numbers 3 and 4
and 5. Note that Figures 4e, 4f, and 4g would progressively show results in other
examples of the game where the number of participants is significantly increased
from this example of 100,000.
• Figure 4h shows the commencement of this example’s calculation method to
identify the Top 10 tickets, in order. Firstly there is a “Results Overview”. Then,
Step 1 lists in ticket order those 124 participants that in this example correctly
chose the PRIMARY number and the 1st SECONDARY number.
• Figure 4i shows: Step 2 takes those 124 participants and converts their 6 chosen
numbers into ordinal numbers based on the unique rankings determined in Figure
4a of the 30 numbers. Because those 124 participants have all correctly chosen the
winning PRIMARY number and the 1st SECONDARY number, Step 3 then
orders those 124 participants based on their 2nd SECONDARY number choices
by ordering the now converted ordinal numbers in the “SEC 2” column.
• Figure 4j shows: Step 4 then uses the data from Step 3 and separates the 124
participants into groups, being those who had 3rd placing, then 4th and so on, in
preparation for tie breaks that are required within a group. Step 5 undertakes the
tiebreaks by ordering the participants within each group by reference to each of
those participant’s next best choices.
• Figure 4k shows the Top Ten Results. Step 6 shows the Top 10 by ordinal
ranking. Step 7 shows the Top 10 by the participant’s chosen numbers.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Figure 5 is a series of computer printouts of a storyboard relating to a game design of a
regional or worldwide Virtual Horse Race game where players pick six horses from a
range of twenty horses.
• Figure 5a shows the front page of a story board for a Virtual Horse Race.
• Figure 5b shows the pre race set up.
• Figure 5c shows the starting line with some horses in the starting stalls.
• Figure 5d shows the early stages of the Virtual Horse Race. The draw number
and winning prize is shown in the top right hand corner of the figure. Paid
advertising is also displayed, along with a time line which shows the distance that
the race has progressed towards the finish. At the foot of the page is shown a
representation of possible discussion between the announcers and also the game
mechanics.
• Figure 5e shows further discussion by the announcers of the numbers and the
game mechanics as the race continues.
• Figure 5f shows further racing and includes further discussion, including game
explanations.
• Figure 5g shows the horses approaching the finish of the race and shows the
leading horses.
• Figure 5h shows the finish line and the winning horses.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Figure 5i shows a slow motion replay of the winning horse winning the race, in
this example the winning horse is horse 6.
• Figure 5j shows the five secondary numbers. Relevantly, the placements of the
nd th
2 to 6 horses.
• Figure 5k shows the placements of each of the twenty horses in the race.
• Figure 5l shows the announcement of the winner of the game.
• Figure 5m shows the top ten winning participants in a regional or worldwide
game, their ticket numbers, their country, and their chosen six numbers/horses.
• Figure 5n shows the local country winners of, in this example, the ten member
countries comprising the exampled regional game.
• Figure 5o shows a control panel for participants in the game to seek further
information in relation to the game, and past games.
Figure 6 is a series of computer printouts of a story board relating to a game design of a
regional or worldwide Virtual Space Race game where players pick six space vehicles
from a range of twenty space vehicles.
• Figure 6a shows the front page of a story board for a Virtual Space Race.
• Figure 6b shows the number/space shuttle selection panel, comprising in this
example, twenty selection choices.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Figure 6c shows the number confirmations of a participant’s six number
selections.
• Figure 6d shows the game draw number and the announcer’s introductions. The
draw number and winning prize are also shown.
• Figure 6e shows the space shuttles and the announcer’s profiling of one of the
shuttle drivers.
• Figure 6f shows the starting line of the Virtual Space Race.
• Figure 6g shows lap 2 of the Virtual Space Race. It also shows a course at the top
right hand corner, which shows the position of the shuttles and the relevant lap.
• Figure 6h shows the inside of a space shuttle cockpit profiled during lap 2 of the
race.
• Figure 6i shows an example of the number/space shuttle eliminations during lap 2
of the race. Shuttles can be eliminated by events such as that depicted of an
impact with an asteroid.
• Figure 6j shows space shuttle number 6 winning the space race at the conclusion
of lap 3 – number 6 in this example is the least picked number/space shuttle, as
least picked by all the participants in the game.
• Figure 6k shows the placements of each of the twenty space vehicles in the race.
• Figure 6l shows the top ten winning participants in a regional or worldwide
game, their ticket numbers, their country, and their chosen six numbers/shuttles.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Figure 6m shows the local country winners of, in this example, the ten member
countries comprising the exampled regional game.
• Figure 6n shows a control panel for participants in the game to seek further
information in relation to the game, and past games.
• Figure 6o shows examples of racetrack themes for a Virtual Space Race.
Figure 7 shows the odds of picking ‘r’ numbers from a range of ‘n’ numbers and the
calculations required to determine those odds.
• Figure 7a is a table showing the odds of picking ‘r’ numbers in order from a
number pool range (from a range of available numbers from one to n).
• Figure 7b shows the calculation used to calculate the odds represented in figure
7a.
• Figure 7c is a table showing the odds of picking ‘r’ numbers in any order from a
number range.
• Figure 7d shows the calculations used to calculate the odds represented in figure
Figure 8 shows the ranking of the n numbers, in this example the ranking of 20 n
numbers, being determined using all n number picks of, in this example, 500,000
participants picking 6 numbers from a number range of 1-20. As can be seen from the
“Total Hits” column, the total number of hits (or total number of picks) is a total of
3,000,000 – i.e. 500,000 x 6 = 3,000,000.
Figure 9 shows, the invention being used in a series of games, where in this example, the
participants pick one n number from a range of 20 n numbers, and participants make their
205336nze Final CAP.doc
picks from six rounds of the game. Table A shows a participant selecting the same n
number (number 17) in each of the six rounds of the game. Table B shows a participant
selecting a different n number in each of the six rounds of games (numbers: 17, 6, 8, 20,
and 1).
Figure 10 shows a diagrammatic representation of the invention used in a card game
played over a number of countries. The representation shows:
• Figure 10a shows a diagrammatic representation of a card game according to the
invention played over a number of countries (this is also relevant to other uses of
the invention played over a number of countries),
• Figure 10b shows in diagrammatic form a card game according to the invention
over several countries, showing an exampled national and international operation,
• Figure 10c shows a possible promotion for a card based game using the present
invention.
Figure 11 shows, in tabular form and by way of a series of computer printouts, the
progress of the card game as set out in Example 10 and Figure 10c, a method of
processing by a computer the results for a 1,000 participant card game, with players
entering from a number of selected locations. The series of computer printouts show:
• Figure 11a shows the ticket sales and the calculation of the ranking system from
this example of the game. Ticket numbers 1-26 and each of their 6 chosen cards
(represented by numbers) are shown on Figure 11a, but noting that these ticket
numbers continue until ticket number 1,000, as in this example there are 1,000
participants in the card game. The raw results are then processed recording how
many times each of the 14 cards in the card range of 14 were chosen (“hits”) by
participants as their first card choice in the game. The total number of hits is equal
to the number of participants in the game, in this example the hits total 1,000. The
first card choices of the 1,000 players are then used to rank the 14 cards that were
available to be chosen. The 14 cards are ranked by the number of ‘hits’ or picks
205336nze Final CAP.doc
attributed to each of the 14 cards, determined by the results from participants
making their first card choices. Some cards may be tied with the same number of
hits and if so the ties would be resolved, preferably using the methods set out in
Figure 3. However in this example there are no ties. Finally Figure 11a shows the
final rankings of the 14 cards.
• Figure 11b shows a results overview of the card game, and lists all those 58
participants out of the 1,000 participants playing the card game that correctly
chose as their first card choice, the card that was least picked – in this example it
is card 4 (the 4 of Diamonds).
• Figure 11c shows a results overview of the card game, and lists all those 4
participants out of the 58 participants. These 4 participants correctly chose as their
first card choice, the card that was least picked – in this example it is card 4 (the 4
of Diamonds) and also correctly chose as their second card choice, the card in the
unique rankings that was the 2nd least picked – in this example it is card number
2 (the 2 of Diamonds).
• Figure 11d, 11e, 11f, and 11g shows that there are no participants that, having
reached the stage set out in Figure 11c above, also correctly chose in order, the
rd th th th
cards that were ranked 3 , then 4 , then 5 and then 6 as identified in the
ranking list in Figure 11a. Note that Figures 11d, 11e, 11f, and 11g would
progressively show results in other examples of the card game where the number
of participants is significantly increased from this example of 1,000.
• Figure 11h shows the Top Ten Results in the card game. The Top 10 are firstly
shown by ordinal ranking, and then by the participant’s chosen cards. The sole
winner is ticket number 600. Second place is ticket number 597, etc.
• Figure 11i shows Special Results. Ticket number 868 is identified as the “Lowest
Ranked Ticket”, with a placing of 1,000 (i.e. last place). And for each
205336nze Final CAP.doc
participating operator, the first and last placed participant from that operator’s
pool of players is also identified.
Figures 12a-d shows alternative forms of presenting the invention, with examples of a
horse race, grey hound race, NASCAR race and a power boat race.
PREFERRED FORMS OF THE INVENTION
A lottery process is set forth in US Patent Specification 7,100,822, the whole of which is
incorporated into this specification by reference.
In US specification 7,100,822 a computer based gaming system is described which
allows entries to be sold over the telephone, by ATM or POS machines, by email, or via
kiosks, in which participants are invited to choose at least one unique number from a
defined range of n numbers. The participants register their selection with an entry-logging
engine (“transaction engine”) which records the identity or contact details of the
participant, the number or numbers selected by the participant, the date and time and
place of the entry, and the transaction engine giving the participant a receipt or ticket
number.
In this invention, when used in the preferred mode, and at least in one respect, the overall
objective for each participant generally remains the same as contemplated by patent
specification US 7,100,822. That is to pick a number/s that is/are least and preferably not
picked by all other participants in the game or lottery.
However, this invention differs in many ways from US 7,100,822.
For example, it also provides a useful method in respect of symbols (including numbers)
that are most picked, although we believe that implementation of the invention will
mostly occur using the least picked approach for reasons that we have set out previously.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
This invention also provides a useful method of always getting to a winning result, and
doing so within a set timeframe without otherwise relying on the game to ‘run its course’
as is the case in respect of games described in US 7,100,822 (which can only be
overcome in games using the methods described in US7,100,822 by some form of outside
intervention, such as a random number generator having to be used in the final stages of
an incomplete game to accelerate the elimination of numbers and participants). In this
invention, the number of participants is not required to be reduced to one in order to bring
the gaming system to a finish with a winner and to stop selling tickets. Instead, this
gaming system can be conducted to a set timeframe or set parameters, with ticket sales
ceasing once the set timeframe or set parameters are reached, following which the
participants in the relevant games using the methods described herein will be subject to
elimination processes to determine the winner/s.
Further, the invention described herein provides a useful method to determine the
placements of all participants in games using this invention and the methods described
herein, which in turn gives great flexibility for a gaming operator when setting outcomes
and prizes for the successful participants. For example a last place prize can be awarded,
or a series of prizes can be awarded to those participants that are placed on or at certain
selected placements, for example prizes could be awarded to those participants that are
th th th th th th th
placed 8 ; 88 ; 888 ; 8,888 ; 88,888 ; 888,888 ; and 8,888,888 and so on in a game.
Prizes could also be awarded by ranking players, for example to the top 50,000, then to
the top 10,000, then to the top 1,000, then to the top 100, then to the top 10 and then a
first prize, with a prize to last place. Prizes could also be set around and awarded to one
or more of each group of participants that had as their first symbol choice, the 2 least
rd th
picked or ranked symbol, or the 3 , or the 4 and so on to the last ranked symbol.
The following description refers in the main to the use of numbers, as these are the most
practical symbols to use. However in gaming events particularly where a small number
of selectable options are provided other symbols such as letters, pictures, diagrams,
characters and objects could be used.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
It will be appreciated that the invention allows, prior to the launching of the relevant
game, for it to be determined that the gaming system is run utilising the invention so as to
enter into a second phase of eliminations with a selected number of participants.
Preferably, the participant’s objective is to pick a number of number choices from a
defined range of n numbers, with the objective of choosing each number on the basis that
each pick will be a number that is least (or alternatively, most) picked by all the
participants in the lottery.
The elimination system described hereafter also allows for the concurrent running of a
“Super Game” and one that does not have to have participants separately pay to enter.
Further, this invention differs from LOTTO in at least the following material respects:
• the invention can always get to a winning result of the first prize and can be
‘virtually certain’ that a sole winner will win first prize, irrespective of what
numbers are chosen by participants from the available number range of one to n;
• in its preferred form, the results of the game are derived by using the participants
own choices and from within the game itself, using the ranking system, and not by
external third party intervention and event processes used by LOTTO, such as the
subsequent random draw of a set of winning numbers following the closure of the
LOTTO entries which the LOTTO customers then have to match to their own
numbers; and
• the invention can, if desired rank every participant in the game, even down to last
place irrespective of what numbers are chosen by participants; and
• the invention allows for the involvement of an independent auditing party that can
simultaneously and independently replicate the winning results as determined by
any gaming operator using games the subject of this invention.
The invention initially comprises a ranking engine utilising a computer program for a
computerised lottery. The ranking engine comprising one or more computers for
205336nze Final CAP.doc
recording entries and ranking entries, in which entries comprise at least one symbol
selected from a set containing n symbols which symbols are typically numbers but could
be any symbol, including colours. The computer or computers are capable of:
• recording the symbol or symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally
recording at least the identity or contact details, or place or point of entry,
associated with each entry and;
• recording, the number of times each symbol from the set of n symbols has been
selected;
• ranking each symbol from the set of n symbols from lowest to highest based on
the number of times each symbol has been selected in or on the entries;
• determining the result of the lottery by comparing one or more of the symbols
associated with each entry against the ranking of at least some of the n symbols.
The use of the ranking engine and the resultant ranking list or lists enables a method of
effecting a game such as a computerised lottery to be performed. The ranking of each
symbol is preferred to take place following closure of entries into the game.
The expected number of entries into the lottery are high enough that the probability that
each member of the set of n symbols will be chosen at least once is substantially certain.
Also the lottery has a pre-defined close off time and/or date and the number of entries A
is at least 10 times greater than the number of symbols n. Although an upper limit of
expected entries to symbols n is difficult to state with exactitude it is believed that an
upper limit of a number of expected entries that is 500,000 times the number of symbols
n will provide a satisfactory lottery. In the computerised lottery an entry contains r
different symbols selected from the available set of n symbols.
In a practical case when considering a game involving one set of n numbers, r is a
number between 4 and 10 and is preferably 6. In another version of the computerised
lottery there are two or more sets containing symbols n1, n2…nN and each entry
comprises a selection at least one symbol from each set of symbols.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably each set of symbols comprises a set of symbols from 2 to 100, with each
symbol identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
Preferably each set of symbols comprises a set of symbols from 2 to 40, with each
symbol identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
Preferably there are two sets of symbols, with the first set comprising a set of symbols
from 2 to 10 in number, and the second set comprising a set of symbols from 10 to 40 in
number, with each symbol in each set identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
In a practical sense, when considering a game involving two sets of n numbers, one set of
n numbers is usually a small set, such as between 2 to 10 n numbers, and the other set of
n numbers usually comprises a larger set, such as between 10 to 40 n numbers. In this
case, r is usually one number to be picked from the set of small numbers (say 4 n
numbers) and r is usually between four and ten numbers to be picked from the larger set
of n numbers (say 20 n numbers).
In the preferred form of the invention of the computerised lottery, the ranking engine
contains additional rules to eliminate ties between symbols as will be described further
herein after.
The computer program for conducting a lottery is adapted to record the entry point to the
lottery through or in which the participant purchased the entry chosen from the group
comprising (a) an identity of a lottery organization, (b) a lottery sub-type, and (c) a
country or area; to enable the program to select a winning entry for each of those entry
points to the lottery. Where the lottery provides a bearer document some or all of such
information may not be required.
In the preferred form of the invention the results of the lottery are displayed/broadcast in
the form of a software or computer driven simulation, the end result of which is based on
the ranking of the n symbols, or where there are two sets of n symbols, the results are
preferably based on the larger set of n symbols. The simulation is preferably a
competitive simulation such as a race.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Thus the invention enables a method of conducting a lottery by providing a computerised
gaming system, such as a lottery or promotional system, having at least one computer
system for recording entries and determining one or more winners, in which participants
are invited to select at least one symbol from a defined available range of n symbols, and
to register their selection with the computer. The computer is capable of recording at
least the symbol or symbols selected in or on the entry, including how many times each
symbol in the available symbol range was selected in or on each of the entries in the
game, and to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol was selected.
The ranking of each symbol in the ranking list is determined by the number of times each
symbol is selected in or on an entry. The identity or contact details of the participant may
optionally be recorded. The gaming system may have at least two phases, the first phase
running until a defined time has expired whereupon at least one of the n symbols is
selected. The selection is made by selecting at least one of the symbols in the ranking list
based on selection criteria pre-determined by reference to the rankings of the symbols in
the ranking list, to provide a number of entries, at least some of whom have selected one
of the n symbols selected, and moving the selected entries to a second phase of the game,
which second phase comprises an elimination process to determine one or more winners
from those entries that were selected to move from the first phase to the second phase, the
winner or winners in the second phase being the final entry or entries at the end of a pre-
determined elimination process.
The selected symbol from the ranking list is in the preferred form of the invention the
symbol that is ranked as the least selected or most selected symbol in or on the entries in
the game.
In one form of the invention, the first phase consists of one or more games from which
the number of entries in each first phase game are reduced substantially to a selected
number. The selected number comprises less than 40% of all entries in each first phase
game and preferably comprises no more than 10% of all entries, and from which a winner
or winners of each first phase game is and/or are determined, and in the second phase, the
selected number from the one or more first phase games are entered into a final game
from which a winner or winners are determined. The only way for a participant to obtain
205336nze Final CAP.doc
an entry into the final game is by way of a participant entering into a game in the first
phase and becoming one of the selected numbers from that first phase game.
In another version of the game, participants are invited to select two or more symbols
from a defined available range of symbols from one to n, and to register their selection
with the computer system. The computer system is capable of recording at least the
symbols selected in or on each entry, including how many times each symbol in the
available symbol range from one to n was selected in or on each of the entries in the
game, to provide a ranking list of the number of times each symbol in the range of one to
n was selected, the ranking being determined either by the number of times each symbol
is selected in or on entries, with the order of ranking of each symbol in the ranking list
from first to n being determined by firstly, that symbol that is least chosen being ranked
first, secondly, that symbol that is second least chosen is ranked second and subsequently
continuing the order of ranking in like manner. Alternatively that symbol that is most
chosen is ranked first, that symbol that is second most chosen is ranked second, and
subsequently continuing the order of ranking in like manner. The game may have a
single phase, the single phase running until a defined time has expired whereupon a
winning sole entry or entries is or are selected. The winner or winners of the game is
determined by comparing the symbol or symbols in all or at least some of the entries of
all or at least some of the participants in the game against the ranking of the symbols as
set out in the ranking list to make the desired eliminations, by comparing one or more of
the symbols chosen in or on each entry against the ranking list of the symbols.
The step of comparing one or more of the symbols chosen in or on each entry against the
ranking list of the symbols comprises the step of progressively eliminating those relevant
entries that have a relevant symbol or symbols ranked lower, or alternatively higher, on
the ranking list than the symbol or symbols in or on other entries until a winner or
winners is or are found.
Alternatively the ranking value for each of the symbols in the defined available range of
symbols from one to n can be based on their order of draw from a random draw of some
or all of the symbols in the available range, and also recording a ranking list of the
205336nze Final CAP.doc
symbols from first to n with the order of the symbols in the ranking list being determined
by reference to the order in which the symbols become randomly drawn, and using the
resulting ranking list to eliminate entries and determine one or more winners. The
comparison between the entries and the ranking list can then be made.
The computer system includes one or more transaction engines (i.e. for entry logging and
storage of the raw data during the time the game is open to receiving entries) and a
gaming engine, which receives the raw data from the transaction engine(s) after entry into
the game is closed, and which then processes the raw data using the gaming software and
determines the results of the game, including the winner/s.
The transaction engine(s) includes at least one database with each record having fields
containing (a) customer information, typically a telephone number or credit card number
or email address and/or place of purchase (b) the symbol or symbols chosen by the
customer, (c) a receipt number or PIN disclosed to the customer as proof of that entry.
The gaming engine accesses at least one database.
The gaming engine’s function results in n records with at least two fields per record
comprising:
a first field containing a set of symbols within the available range of n symbols (so that
the records can be sequential through the entire range of n symbols for that competition);
a second numerical field capable of recording a placement value or ranking value for
each n symbol, for example by recording a placement value for each n symbol if
randomly drawn through the full range of n symbols, or alternatively recording the
number of “hits” or number of times each symbol from the defined range of n symbols
has been selected in or on entries in the game, in order that a selection total can be
recorded for each of the n symbols;
and optionally a further two fields comprising:
205336nze Final CAP.doc
a third field that records the ranking of each symbol within the defined range of n
symbols calculated by reference to the fore mentioned second numerical field, including
as relevant any symbols within the range of n symbols that are tied with other n symbols;
a fourth field that can, if necessary, record a unique ranking for each symbol within the
defined range of n symbols, with any ties eliminated or resolved by reference to the
ranking value or the selection total number as recorded in the second numerical field, in
order that each of the symbols in the defined range of n symbols has its own unique
ranking within the range of the n symbols.
If desired the databases of the transaction engine and gaming engine are combined into a
single database and operated within a single computer.
The transaction engine is separate from the gaming engine and it is desirable that the
transaction engine only passes registered entries to the gaming engine once entry into the
game is closed.
The transaction engine(s) and the gaming engine can be duplicated and the duplication
controlled by an independent party in order for that party to be able to simultaneously or
first receive the raw gaming data into its separate transaction engine(s), to hold that raw
data in its transaction engine(s) until entries into the game are closed, to then pass that
raw data from the independent party’s transaction engine(s) to its gaming engine, to
independently process the raw data using the independent party’s copy of the gaming
software stored on its gaming engine, to independently determine the results of the game,
including the winner/s, and to produce an independent audit report of its results compared
with those of the gaming operator.
Options are made available for the participant to be able to enter their own symbol/s such
as number/s by remote data entry such as by entering it on a telephone key pad, by
sending an SMS message, or email message containing the symbol/s such as number/s
they have chosen. Other methods are available such direct from a website or kiosk, or
from a computer terminal or by mail.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The participant may, of course, be allowed by the system to choose one or more symbols,
at random. Usually entry will be by payment but there are some instances where a free
entry may be provided, for example, in promotional ventures.
Dealing with symbols not chosen can be approached in various ways. For example,
symbols not selected by any participant can be ignored, can belong to the house, can be
given a ranking after the rankings of the symbols which have been selected, or given a
ranking of the most chosen, or alternatively, the least chosen.
In a two phase game, the elimination process operating in the second phase requires
entries to select further symbols from an available range, with participants avoiding
elimination by selecting a symbol which has been selected the least in or on relevant
entries in any elimination step relevant to the second phase.
The second phase of the elimination process also has secondary procedures usable if a
preceding elimination procedure operating in the second phase of the game fails to select
a single winner.
Part of the prize pool may be set aside for jackpot and/or super draws/games as described
further herein after
Tied symbols are ranked by firstly determining whether or not the selection total number
is an ‘odd number’ or an ‘even number’ and secondly, using that ‘odd’ or ‘even’
determination to rank any tied symbols by ordering the tied symbols in accordance with
whether the selection total number is ‘odd’ or ‘even’.
For example, a selection total number that is an ‘odd number’ would result in the tied
symbols that are numbers or that can be identified by reference to a number being ordered
with the highest face value number being placed first, and a selection total number that is
an ‘even number’ would result in the tied symbols that are numbers or that can be
identified by reference to a number being ordered with the lowest face value number
being placed first.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Alternatively a selection total number that is an ‘even number’ would result in the tied
symbols that are numbers or that can be identified by reference to a number being ordered
with the highest face value number being placed first, and a selection total number that is
an ‘odd number’ would result in the tied symbols that are numbers or that can be
identified by reference to a number being ordered with the lowest face value number
being placed first.
The information collected from the entries in a regional or worldwide game can then be
used at least to rank the performance of all entries, firstly in the regional or worldwide
lottery so that regional or worldwide winners are determined, and separately to
determine lottery organization, country or area winners, and optionally, to determine the
last placed entry in the regional or worldwide lottery and separately to determine the last
placed entries from each participating lottery organization, country or area, the results
being achieved using one set of data derived from the ranking and/or rating and/or
placement values attributed to each symbol that is available to be chosen in the overall
regional or worldwide lottery .
EXAMPLES OF THE GAMING SYSTEM
The examples set out later herein are summarised in the table below:
Example Number Description
EXAMPLE 1
1.0 Two Phase Game (number range 1 to 100,000)
1.1 Assumed Game Profile
1.2 First Phase - The Elimination Processes
205336nze Final CAP.doc
1.3 Table 1 - Ranking System for Example 1 – to
determine 9 winners of First Phase
1.4 Table 2 - Ranking System for Example 1 - Ranking
the 14 Participants in order of best
results/performance in the game
1.5 End of Phase One - Announcement of First Phase
Winners
1.6 Second Phase - Determining the “winner/s”
1.7 Prize Winnings
1.8 Second Phase - Winner wins in the first round of
eliminations
1.9 Second Phase - Winner wins in the second round of
eliminations
1.10 Second Phase - Winner wins in the third round of
eliminations
1.11 Second Phase - Winning the Jackpot in week 11
1.12 TV/ Game Show
1.13 Incorporation of a “Super Game”
EXAMPLE 2
2.0 One Phase Game (number range 1 to 100,000)
2.1 Assumed Game Profile
2.2 The Elimination Processes to determine one winner
205336nze Final CAP.doc
in the First (Single) Phase
2.3 Table 3 - Ranking System for Example 2 – to
determine 1 winner
2.4 Table 4 - Ranking System for Example 2 - Ranking
the 14 Participants in order of best
results/performance in the game
EXAMPLE 3
3.0 Two Phase Game (number range 1 to 30)
3.1 Assumed Game Profile
3.2 Table 5 - Ranking System for Example 3 – Results of
500,000 Participant Game and Ranking Placements
of n numbers
3.3 Resolving ties within Ranking System
3.4 The Elimination Processes to determine 9
Participants to proceed to the Second Phase
3.5 Table 6 – Chosen numbers of top 10 Participants
3.6 Table 7 – Determine 9 Participants to proceed to the
Second Phase
3.7 Use of Eliminations and/or Ranking System
Table 8 – Description of Elimination Steps
3.8 Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value – Same
Results
205336nze Final CAP.doc
3.9 Table 9 – Determine 9 Participants to proceed to the
Second Phase using Alteration to Ascribed Ranking
Value
3.10 End of Phase One - Announcement of First Phase
Winners
3.11 Second Phase - Week Two - Determining the
“winner/s”
3.12 Exampled Prize Winnings
3.13 Table 10 - Two Phase Game – Exampled Prize
Winnings
3.14 TV/ Game Show
3.15 Incorporation of a “Super Game”
3.16 The odds of winning
EXAMPLE 4
4.0 One Phase Game (number range 1 to 30)
4.1 Assumed Game Profile
4.2 Table 11 – Ranking System for Example 4 – Results
of 500,000 Participant Game and Ranking
Placements of n numbers
4.3 Resolving ties within Ranking System
4.4 The Elimination Processes to determine the winner
205336nze Final CAP.doc
4.5 Table 12 – Chosen numbers of top 10 Participants
4.6 Table 13 – Determine the winner/s
4.7 Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
Table 14 – Description of Elimination Steps
4.8 Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value – Same
Results
4.9 Table 15 – Determine the Winner/s using Alteration
to Ascribed Ranking Value
4.10 Fallback position – Ties involving winning
Participants
4.11 Table 16 - One Phase Game – Exampled Prize
Winnings
4.12 The odds of winning a weekly game
4.13 Incorporation of a Super Game
4.14 Prize Winnings for Super Game
4.15 Table 17 – One Phase Game – Exampled Prize
Winnings for the annual Super Game
4.16 The odds of winning Super Game
4.17 Table 18 - Backroom Calculations - Eliminations
EXAMPLE 5 – Virtual Racing
.0 Virtual Horse Race (number range 1 to 20)
205336nze Final CAP.doc
.1 Assumed Game Profile
.2 Table 19 – Results of Betting on a Virtual Horse
Race by 500,000 Punters
.3 Resolving ties (as between the horse numbers 1 to
) within Ranking System
.4 The Elimination Processes to determine the winning
punter
.5 Table 20 – Top 10 Punters’ chosen Horses
.6 Table 21 – Determine the winning punter
.7 Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
Table 22 – Description of Elimination Steps
.8 Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value – Same
Results
.9 Table 23 – Determine the Winning Punter using
Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value
.10 Fallback position – Ties involving winning Punters
.11 Table 24 - Exampled Prize Winnings for weekly
races
.12 The odds of winning a weekly race
.13 Incorporation of a Super Race
.14 Super Race Prizes
205336nze Final CAP.doc
.15 Table 25 – Exampled Prize Winnings for the [semi-
annual] Super Race
.16 The odds of winning Super Race
.17 Table 26 - Backroom Calculations - Eliminations
.18 Other Virtual Racing Applications
EXAMPLE 6
Application of Gaming System for Regional or
Worldwide Game or Lottery
6.1 Assumed Game or Lottery Profile with a Region
comprising 3 Countries
6.2 Table 27 – Prizes to be paid by Regional Game or
Lottery and Application of a Local Country Prize
6.3 Table 28 - Ranking System for Example 6 – Results
of 500,000 Participant Regional Game or Lottery and
Ranking Placements of n numbers
6.4 The Elimination Processes
6.5 Table 29 – Chosen numbers of top 10 Participants
6.6 Table 30 – determining the Winner/s of the Regional
Game or Lottery
6.7 Local Country Prizes
6.8 Other Applications, including in respect of ‘standard
LOTTO’
205336nze Final CAP.doc
EXAMPLE 7
7.0 Virtual Cricket Game – (number range 1 to 18)
EXAMPLE 8
Other variations of Example 7
EXAMPLE 9
9.0 Gaming System based on picking one n number
(number range 1 to 20) in a multiple series of 6
games
(all of which comprise the one game)
EXAMPLE 10
.0 Card Game (card/number range 1 to 14)
.1 Assumed Card Game Profile
.2 Table 31 – Ranking System for Example 10 – Results
of 1,000 Participant First Phase Card Game, and
Ranking Placements of 14 Cards
.3 Resolving ties within Ranking System
.4 The Elimination Processes to determine the winner
.5 Table 32 – Chosen cards of top 10 Participants
.6 Table 33 – Determine the winner/s
.7 Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
.8 Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value – Same
Results
205336nze Final CAP.doc
.9 Table 34 – Determine the Winner/s using Alteration
to Ascribed Ranking Value
.10 Fallback position – Ties involving winning
Participants
.11 Table 35 - Exampled Prize Winnings – First Phase
Card Game
.12 The odds of winning a First Phase Card Game
.13 Incorporation of a Super Card Game
.14 Prize Winnings for Super Card Game
.15 Table 36 – Exampled Prize Winnings for the Super
Card Game – ‘guaranteed’ prize pool only
.16 The odds of winning the Super Card Game
.17 Cross Sold Regional or Area Card Game
.18 Variations to the Card Game
.19 Table 37 - Backroom Calculations - Eliminations
EXAMPLE 11
What are the appropriate ranges of n Symbols or
n Numbers
EXAMPLE 1
Example 1.0 – Two Phase Game – (number range 1 to n, where n = 100,000)
This example works on the basis of picking the ‘least picked’ numbers.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
A game as described below is sold over a defined period, for example a week, with the
participants purchasing during the week a selected number of numbers. A suitable
number of numbers would be 10 selected numbers, or alternatively 10 randomly
generated numbers. Each of the 10 selected numbers being chosen from a defined
number range of 1 to 100,000.
The game has what we could describe as a first phase in which the objective for each
participant in the game that week is to become one of a selected number of last or final
participants remaining. A suitable number of final participants is 9, although it could be
more or less. A participant in the game becomes a final participant by having one or
more of his/her 10 chosen numbers as qualifying as being least picked by all the other
participants in that week’s game, and ultimately being ranked among the 9 participants
that have the best results.
Minor prizes can be awarded for success in the first phase.
The game then enters a second phase which has the objective for those last 9 participants
(or such fewer participants in the case of a participant having more than one qualifying
number in the last 9), is to become in the following week, the last participant remaining,
thereby winning the major prize.
Major prizes, including first prize, will be awarded for the second phase.
In the first phase, which would normally occur during week one of the game, the number
of participants is reduced to the selected number (e.g. 9).
The participants in the first phase will purchase during the week a minimum of 10
numbers in the selected range of 1 to 100,000. Each number purchased at a cost of, say,
$1 and thus the minimum amount is $10 for a block of 10 numbers.
Each participant may choose his/her own unique block of 10 numbers, to form one block,
or alternatively, a participant can have his/her 10 numbers randomly picked by a random
number generator.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Participant’s objective
The objective for each participant is to choose one or more numbers that are least picked
by all the other participants in the game, so that the final 9 participants are those who
chose numbers that are the least picked numbers by all participants and who are among
the 9 participants with the best results. Those final 9 participants then move to the
“second phase”, and a chance to win the major prize.
The elimination of the participants in the first phase is done in any suitable manner for
example by following the method/s set out in US 7,100,822 B2 and repeated above.
While it will be relatively simple to eliminate most numbers/participants from a game
involving a number range of 1 to 100,000, it will often be difficult to end up with exactly
9 participants from the first phase that are to move on to the second phase. So an
elimination process is provided for some participants, so that exactly the selected number
of 9 qualifying participants can proceed to the second phase and compete for the major
prize/s.
Example 1.1 - Assumed Game Profile
In this Example 1, it is assumed that:
• the game has been played by 500,000 participants;
• each participant purchases the minimum of $10 for one number block of 10
numbers – so there would be 5,000,000 numbers picked in total, all in the number
range of 1 to 100,000, and there would be a pool of $5,000,000 available to cover
expenses, costs and prizes;
• 99,000 numbers of the 100,000 number range have been chosen two or more
times; and
• 300 numbers have been chosen only once; and
• 700 numbers have not been chosen by anyone.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Ties between n numbers in the number range 1 to 100,000 are left unresolved.
The numbers that have been chosen in the group of 99,000 numbers chosen two or more
times are, in this example, all eliminated.
The 700 numbers that have not been chosen by anyone are ignored or if desired could be
treated in some other way such as being passed to the “house”.
Example 1.2 – First Phase - The Elimination Processes
Consistent in keeping with the game’s objective in this example for participants to choose
numbers that are least picked by the other participants, and to be rewarded accordingly,
the elimination processes are consistent with this overall objective.
First Elimination Process:
To achieve exactly 9 last qualifying participants (ticket purchasers) from the 300 ‘tied’
participants that have within their block of 10 numbers, a chosen number within the
group of 300 n numbers chosen only once by all the participants in the game, each of the
300 participant’s block of 10 numbers are computer analyzed to determine the ranking of
each participant’s 10 chosen numbers, ranked in order of the least chosen down to the
most chosen.
This is achieved by determining, for each of the 300 participants, how many times each
of their 10 numbers was chosen by all of the participants in the game. This process is
exemplified in the table below which demonstrates the computer ranking system
applicable for this example. Further, the example set out in the table below assumes that
the number of participants being analyzed is a sample total of 14, from which 9 must be
determined.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 1.3 – Table 1 - Ranking System: To determine exactly 9 winners of the first
phase
Nos P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 P.11 P.12 P.13 P.14 To
P.300
Best 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 …
2 3 4 2 5 10 1 3 1 2 9 1 1 2 1 …
3 3 9 2 6 11 1 9 2 5 13 2 6 6 12 …
4 7 9 3 7 13 3 20 25 7 13 3 6 15 16 …
21 11 6 7 19 4 30 33 12 21 39 52 24 25 …
6 36 29 13 9 28 7 42 39 15 22 59 66 109 150 …
to 10 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …
Determining the 9 explained
Using the above example - from a pool of 14 participants – as can be seen from the table
above, while all 14 participants had chosen one number from the number range of 1 to
100,000 that was only picked once by all the participants in the game, there were 8
participants that had their next best number picked only once or twice. Those 8
participants (being P.3, P.6, P.8, P.9, P.11, P.12, P.13, and P.14) would proceed to the
second phase.
To determine the last (i.e. the 9 ) participant to also proceed to the second phase, P.1 and
P.7 each had their second best number chosen in total 3 times by all the participants in the
game. To resolve this tie between participants P.1 & P.7, the next best numbers of P.1 &
P.7 are considered. In this example, P.1 would proceed to the second phase as the 9
participant based on P.1’s third best number being chosen only 3 times, while P.7’s third
best number had been chosen nine times.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 1.4, Table 2 below shows the same data as the table above, but now ranks the 14
participants based on their results/performance in the game. The ranking system ranks the
participants - and the ‘top 9’, in their orders, are readily determined from the table below.
Example 1.4 – Table 2 - Ranking System - Ranking the 14 Participants in order of
best results/performance in the game
nd rd th th th th th th th th th th th
Rankings 1st 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Participant Nos P.6 P.11 P.8 P.12 P.14 P.3 P.9 P.13 P.1 P.7 P.2 P.4 P.10 P.5
Best 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 5 9 10
3 1 2 2 6 12 2 5 6 3 9 9 6 13 11
4 3 3 25 6 16 3 7 15 7 20 9 7 13 13
4 39 33 52 25 6 12 24 21 30 11 7 21 19
6 7 59 39 66 150 13 15 109 36 42 29 9 22 28
to 10 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …
Fallback process:
The above described ranking and elimination processes should ensure that the elimination
process to determine exactly 9 participants that are to proceed to the second phase can be
fully completed and no fallback process should be required.
However, to provide for the very unlikely situation where the above described
elimination process does not achieve the desired elimination results to achieve exactly 9
participants for the second phase of the game, then if two or more participants remain and
can’t be eliminated/ separated, then in this example, any remaining participants will all
move to the second phase of the game as one group to fill as between them the remaining
place/s in the 9 required, and will participate and share in proportion as between them
205336nze Final CAP.doc
within that group. Preferably such a group will be represented in the second phase by an
independent party nominated by the gaming organizer.
In the alternative, eliminations could be effected by chance.
Example 1.5 - End of Phase One - Announcement of First Phase Winners
At the end of week one, the 9 winners eligible for the second phase are published and any
winning numbers associated with any minor prizes won in the first phase are also
published and paid.
The 9 winners eligible for the second phase are published (and announced) at the
beginning of week two by the gaming organizers disclosing the 10 numbers from each
winning participant’s block of numbers. In this example, each of these 9 winners would
receive a guaranteed minimum prize from the second phase.
Also at the beginning of week two, the next game is commenced, so that the next 9
participants can be determined and published (and announced) at the end of week two.
Example 1.6 - Second Phase - Week Two - Determining the “winner/s”
The 9 winners eligible to participate in phase two of the game will then compete at the
end of week two to become the “winner” in order to win the first prize.
Consistent in keeping with the game’s objective, in this example for participants to
choose numbers that are least picked by the 9 participants, and to be rewarded
accordingly, the elimination processes for phase two are based on these objectives.
Eliminations Starting with the 9 Participants
Firstly: Each of the 9 participants will be required to nominate a number from the number
range of, say, 1 to 5. The outcomes will be:
The participant/s that nominate a number that is least picked by the other participants will
avoid elimination. The other participants will be eliminated. Participants eliminated in
205336nze Final CAP.doc
this first elimination stage may each receive a prize, say, $20,000. Only the lowest
number of participants go through.
E.g. If 5 participants nominate the number 1; 2 participants nominate the number 3; and 2
participants nominate the number 5; then the 5 participants that nominated the number 1
are eliminated and the other 4 participants proceed to the next elimination stage.
However, if 4 participants nominate the number 1; 3 participants nominate the number 3;
and 2 participants nominate the number 5; then 7 participants are eliminated and only the
2 participants that nominated the number 5 proceed to the next elimination stage.
If at this first stage of eliminations involving all 9 participants, one of the participants has
a nominated number that no other participant nominates and there are no other
participants in the same position, then that participant is the winner. A participant
winning at this first stage is eligible to win the Jackpot if provided. Otherwise the Jackpot
carries over to the following week’s game.
If none of the participants nominate a number that is least picked by other participants,
resulting in a tie then the prize is shared equally but the Jackpot, if provided, cannot be
won. Alternatively, the above elimination process could be repeated, with or without the
jackpot at stake.
E.g. 3 participants nominate the number 1; 3 participants nominate the number 3; and the
remaining 3 participants nominate the number 5; then that constitutes a tie.
If there are 4 to 6 Remaining Participants
Secondly: In the event the remaining participants number 4 or more, then each of the
remaining participants that have not been eliminated will be required to nominate a
further number, this time from the number range of 1 to 3. At this stage there will be no
more than 6 participants left standing. The outcomes will be:
The participant/s that nominate a number that is least picked by the other participants will
avoid elimination. The other participants will be eliminated. Participants eliminated in
205336nze Final CAP.doc
this second elimination stage may each receive a prize, say, $35,000. Only the lowest
number of participants go through.
If at this stage one of the participants has a nominated number that no other participant
nominates and there are no other participants in the same position, then that participant is
the winner of the prize, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only be won in the first
elimination stage involving all 9 participants.
If none of the remaining participants nominate a number that is least picked by other
participants, resulting in a tie, then the prize is shared equally. Alternatively, the above
elimination process could be repeated.
If there are 3 Remaining Participants
Thirdly: In the event that at any time there becomes three remaining participants, each of
the three remaining participants that have not been eliminated will again be required to
nominate a number from the number range of 1 to 2. The outcomes will be:
The participant that nominates a number that is least picked will again avoid elimination.
That participant is the winner of the prize, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only
be won in the first elimination stage.
The other two participants eliminated in this stage may each receive a prize, say, $50,000.
If none of the three participants nominate a number that is least picked by the other
participants, resulting in a 3-way tie, then the prize is shared equally. Alternatively, the
above elimination process could be repeated again.
If there are 2 Remaining Participants
Fourthly: In the event that at any time there becomes two remaining participants, each of
those two remaining participants will be required to nominate a number from the number
range of 1 to 2. The gaming organizer will at the same time (so no one participant or the
gaming organizer will have any prior knowledge of any chosen number) also nominate a
205336nze Final CAP.doc
number preferably by way of a random number generator, in the range of 1 to 2. The
outcomes will be:
If one of the participants nominates a number that is not nominated by the other
participant and not nominated by the gaming organizer, then that participant is the
winner, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only be won in the first elimination
stage.
The other eliminated participant (eliminated by the gaming organizer) may receive a
prize, say, $100,000.
If the two participants nominate a number that is picked by both of them, irrespective of
whether or not the gaming organizer nominates the same number, then this results in a 2-
way tie and the prize is shared equally, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only be
won in the first elimination stage.
As will be appreciated, any of the above outcomes where there is a tie between 2 or more
participants could be resolved by reference back to each of those tied participants original
10 numbers and ranking their performances as described previously, so that one or more
participants could always be eliminated and the elimination process then continues or a
sole winner is determined.
Example 1.7 - Prize Winnings
The earlier the winner is determined, the greater the amount of the winning prize.
Example of the prize pool
Assume that:
There are a series of games, with each having the same participation profile as described
in the above example i.e. each having 500,000 participants, each purchasing the
minimum of $10 for one block of 10 numbers – resulting in a pool of $5,000,000
available to cover expenses, costs and prizes; and
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In this example, say, 60% of the revenue pool is paid out as prizes; so
$3,000,000 is available for prizes in the second phase of eliminations in which the 9
participants compete for.
Each of the 9 participants eliminated in this first round of eliminations receives $20,000
Each of the 9 participants eliminated in any second round of eliminations receives
$35,000
In the stage that requires elimination of participants when there are either two or three
remaining participants in total, then as relevant, either the two participants that are then
eliminated each receive $50,000, or the one eliminated participant receives $100,000.
If the winner wins in the first round of eliminations, net of the payments to be made to the
8 eliminated participants, that winner receives 100% of that relevant week’s prize pool,
and 100% of the jackpot pool that has accumulated from previous weeks.
If the winner wins in the second round of eliminations, net of the payments to be made to
the 8 eliminated participants, that winner receives 35% of that relevant weeks prize pool
(but 0% of the jackpot pool that has accumulated from previous weeks, as the jackpot can
only be won in the first round of eliminations in the event of a clear winner being
achieved).
If the winner wins during the third round of eliminations, net of the payments to be made
to the eliminated participants, that winner receives 25% of the relevant weeks prize pool
(but 0% of the jackpot pool that has accumulated from previous weeks).
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 1.8 - Winner wins in the first round of eliminations and no jackpot exists
(as it is the 1 week).
$ Prize amount $ to Jackpot for
following week
8 Eliminated Participants $160,000
– first round @ $20,000
each
Winner $2,840,000 $0
-100% of the weeks prize
pool from that week’s
game; and
- 100% of jackpot
Total each week - $3,000,000 $0
$3,000,000
Example 1.9 – Winner wins in the second round of eliminations.
$ Prize amount $ to Jackpot for
following week
3 Eliminated Participants $60,000
– first round @ $20,000
each
Eliminated Participants $175,000
205336nze Final CAP.doc
– second round @ $35,000
each
Winner $967,750 $1,797,250
-35% of the weeks prize
pool from that week’s
game; and
- 0% of jackpot
Total each week - $1,202,750 $1,797,250
$3,000,000
Example 1.10 - Winner wins in the third round of eliminations.
$ Prize amount $ to Jackpot for
following week
3 Eliminated Participants $60,000
– first round @ $20,000
each
4 Eliminated Participants $140,000
– second round @ $35,000
each
1 Eliminated Participant $100,000
– third round
Winner $675,000 $2,025,000
205336nze Final CAP.doc
-25% of the weeks prize
pool from that week’s
game; and
- 0% of jackpot
Total each week - $975,000 $2,025,000
$3,000,000
Example 1.11 - Winning the Jackpot in Week 11.
In this example, if the game is run on 10 consecutive weeks and assuming that the winner
in each week is always for the 10 preceding weeks determined in the second round of
eliminations, then an amount of $1,797,250 is contributed to the jackpot each week, for
ten weeks, bringing the jackpot total to $17,972,500 by the time of the game having been
run for the 11 week .
A participant that wins in week 11 in the first round of eliminations becomes eligible to
win the jackpot. That winning participant would, in this example, win prizes of
$2,840,000 from that 11 week’s game prize pool and will also win the jackpot of
$17,972,500.
In this example, total winnings in week 11 for that winner would therefore be
$20,812,500.
Example 1.12 - TV/ Game Show
It is envisaged that phase two of the lottery will be conducted at the same time as the
announcements of the winners of phase one of the following game are being announced.
Phase two could be conducted through a televised show, most likely of short duration, as
phase two is believed to be suitable for a game or reality show, including being suitable
with potential audience participation.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Each of the 9 winning participants can compete in phase two in person, or a participant
can participate anonymously by telephone, or by other means of instantaneous
communication, or by the gaming organizers appointing a person to participate on the
winning participants behalf (the later occurring automatically if a phase two winning
participant fails to identify him or herself as one of the 9 winners).
The second phase can be made exciting and it relies on each participants own choice.
Example 1.13 - Incorporation of a “Super Game”
Using the base parameters set out in this Example 1, the invention preferably also
includes the incorporation of a “Super Game”, with a set percentage of the weekly
game’s prize pool set aside for the “Super Game”, with a corresponding reduction to the
amount available to be paid out as weekly prizes.
Preferably, this “Super Game” is won at defined periods such as annually, or six monthly,
or in some other set way, such as when a set target amount of prize pool for the Super
Game is reached.
Preferably the Super Game involves the same identical processes of elimination as
applicable to the weekly draws as described above.
It will be clear that a large number of variations exist and the above descriptions as set
out in this Example 1 are by way of example only.
EXAMPLE 2
Example 2.0: One Phase Game – (number range 1 to n, where n = 100,000)
This example works, as before, on the basis of picking the ‘least picked’ numbers.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 2.1 - Assumed Game Profile
In this example of a game only having a first phase to determine the one winner, it is
assumed, like above, that:
• the game has been played by 500,000 participants,
• each participant purchases the minimum of $10 for one number block of 10
numbers – so there would be 5,000,000 numbers picked in total, all in the number
range of 1 to 100,000, and there would be a pool of $5,000,000 available to cover
expenses, costs and prizes;
• 99,000 numbers of the 100,000 number range have been chosen two or more
times; and
• 300 numbers have been chosen only once; and
• 700 numbers have not been chosen by anyone.
• Ties between n numbers in the number range 1 to 100,000 are left unresolved.
The numbers that have been chosen in the group of 99,000 numbers chosen two or more
times are, in this example, all eliminated.
The 700 numbers that have not been chosen by anyone are ignored or if desired could be
treated in some other way such as being passed to the “house”.
The methods described in our patent US7,100,822 have been unsuccessful in determining
a sole winner.
Example 2.2 - The Elimination Processes to determine one winner in the First
(Single) Phase
Consistent in keeping with the game’s objective for participants to choose numbers that
are least picked by the other participants, and to be rewarded accordingly, the elimination
205336nze Final CAP.doc
process to determine one winner at the First Phase should also be consistent with this
overall objective.
Elimination Processes:
To achieve exactly 1 qualifying sole winner from the 300 ‘tied’ participants that have
within their block of 10 numbers, a chosen number within the group of 300 numbers
chosen only once by all the participants in the game, each of the 300 participant’s block
of 10 numbers are computer analyzed to determine the ranking of each participant’s 10
chosen numbers, ranked in order of the least chosen down to the most chosen.
This is achieved by determining, for each of the 300 participants, how many times each
of the 10 numbers was chosen by all of the participants in the game. This process is
exemplified in the table below. Further, the example set out below in Example 2.3 –
Table 3, assumes that the number of participants being analyzed is a sample total of 14,
from which 1 winner must be determined. Further the table ranks the 14 participants by
their number (for this purpose assume it is their ticket number) i.e. P.1, P.2, P.3 and so
forth. It is not a ranking based on performance in the game
Example 2.3 – Table 3 - Ranking System: To determine exactly 1 winner from the
First Phase
Nos P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 P.11 P.12 P.13 P.14 To
P.300
Best 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 …
2 3 4 2 5 10 1 3 1 2 9 1 1 2 1 …
3 3 9 2 6 11 1 9 2 5 13 2 6 6 12 …
4 7 9 3 7 13 3 20 25 7 13 3 6 15 16 …
21 11 6 7 19 4 30 33 12 21 39 52 24 25 …
6 36 29 13 9 28 7 42 39 15 22 59 66 109 150 …
205336nze Final CAP.doc
to 10 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …
Determining the 1 winner explained
Using the above example - from a pool of 14 participants – as can be seen from the table
above, while all 14 participants had chosen one number from the number range of 1 to
100,000 that was only picked once by all the participants in the game, there were 5
participants that had their next best number picked only once as well. Those 5
participants (being P.6, P.8, P.11, P.12, and P.14) would then have their third best number
choices analysed to determine which of them had their third choice numbers least picked
by all the participants in the game.
In the above example, P.6 would be declared as the sole winner.
Example 2.4, Table 4 below shows the same data as the table above, but now ranks the 14
participants based on their results/performance in the game.
Example 2.4 – Table 4 - Ranking System - Ranking the 14 Participants in order of
best results/performance in the game
nd rd th th th th th th th th th th th
Rankings 1st 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Participant Nos P.6 P.11 P.8 P.12 P.14 P.3 P.9 P.13 P.1 P.7 P.2 P.4 P.10 P.5
Best 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 5 9 10
3 1 2 2 6 12 2 5 6 3 9 9 6 13 11
4 3 3 25 6 16 3 7 15 7 20 9 7 13 13
4 39 33 52 25 6 12 24 21 30 11 7 21 19
205336nze Final CAP.doc
6 7 59 39 66 150 13 15 109 36 42 29 9 22 28
to 10 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …
Fallback elimination process:
The first described elimination process as also set out in Tables 3 and 4 above, should
ensure that the elimination process can be fully completed and no second elimination
process should be required, or no fallback position should ever be necessary to determine
the sole winner.
However, to provide for the very unlikely situation where, after analysing and ranking all
number selections by the participants, the above described elimination process does
not achieve the desired elimination results to achieve exactly 1 winner of the game, then
if two or more participants remain and can’t be eliminated/ separated, then it is proposed
that those remaining participants will share the winner’s prize equally, or a sole winner
could be determined in such a scenario by chance - but such a scenario using this
example of 10 number choices by each participant should ensure that this is extremely
unlikely to ever occur.
It will be clear that a large number of variations exist and the above description for this
Example 2 is by way of example only.
EXAMPLE 3
Example 3.0 – Two Phase Game – (number range 1 to n, where n = 30)
This example works on the basis of picking the ‘least picked’ numbers.
The game, as described below, is a two phase game and is sold over a defined period, for
example, weekly.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The participants each purchase during the week 6 different numbers in the selected range
of 1 to 30 - where each number picked is picked to be one of the ‘least picked’ by all the
participants in the game. A number can only be picked once.
Each participant:
• Picks 1 PRIMARY number.
• Picks 5 SECONDARY numbers – which may be used in later elimination stages.
Each participant may choose his/her own unique block of 6 numbers, or alternatively, a
participant can have some or all of his/her 6 numbers randomly picked by a random
number generator.
Player’s Objective
The game has what we could describe as a first phase in which the objective for each
participant in the game that week is to become one of a selected number of last or final
participants remaining. A suitable number of final participants is 9, which is the same
number of final participants as used in Example 1.
The game’s first objective for a participant is to correctly pick the PRIMARY number
(which could be any number from the number range of 1 to 30), which becomes the least
picked number following the analysis of all the participants’ picks of their PRIMARY
numbers.
Minor prizes can be awarded for success in achieving the first objective.
Then, for those participants that have correctly chosen the winning PRIMARY number,
the next objective is to have also correctly picked in order (through their choice of
SECONDARY numbers) the next least picked numbers (based on all the participants
choice of numbers), with the objective of becoming one of 9 participants that survive
these further elimination processes, and who move to the second phase of the game to
play for the major prizes.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In the game’s second phase, the objective for those last 9 participants (or such fewer
participants in the case of a participant having more than one qualifying ticket in the last
9), is to become in the following week, the last participant remaining, thereby winning
the first prize.
Major prizes, including a first prize for the winner, can be awarded to the 9 participants in
the second phase.
Example 3.1 - Assumed Game Profile
In this Example 3, it is assumed that:
• The game is commenced each week, with the first phase played in week one and
the second phase is played in week two (concurrent with the running of the
following week’s game);
• The participants in each week’s game will each purchase 6 different numbers in
the selected range of 1-30;
• Each number block of 6 numbers, consists of 1 PRIMARY and 5 SECONDARY
numbers, all of which must be different;
• Each number block is purchased at a total cost of $10;
• the game is played each week by 500,000 participants;
• each participant purchases the minimum of $10 for one number block of 6
different numbers – so there would be 500,000 PRIMARY numbers picked in
total, all in the number range of 1 - 30;
• The total revenue from each week’s game is $5,000,000;
• The available prize pool is 50% of total revenue;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Total prizes available are $2,500,000;
• Any numbers in the range of 1 - 30 that might not be chosen by any participant
are ignored.
• The number 13 is the PRIMARY number chosen the least.
• There are 12,000 participants that have chosen 13 as their PRIMARY number.
• Those 12,000 winners each receive one bonus entry into the following weeks
game i.e. valued at $10 each ($120,000) and one entry into Super Game.
• Example 3.2, Table 5 below sets out an example of the results of this 500,000
participants’ game, and the number of times each PRIMARY number in the 1-30
number range was chosen by all the participants in the game.
• Ties between n numbers in the number range 1 to 30 are ALL resolved – see
Example 3.3 below.
• The 12,000 winners are subjected to further eliminations using the SECONDARY
numbers, which are conducted using the ranking of the n numbers determined
from the one data set from the 500,000 participant’s choices of the PRIMARY
number. Alternatively, the ranking of the n numbers could be determined from the
participants’ choices of all their chosen numbers – an example is set out in Figure
8. In a further alternative, the further eliminations could be conducted using
firstly, the data set from the 500,000 participant’s choices of their 1
SECONDARY number, then secondly the data set from the 500,000 participant’s
nd th
choices of their 2 SECONDARY number, and so on up to the 5 SECONDARY
number, but we believe that this is too cumbersome and not a practical option in
any application of the invention. Further it would increase the number of data sets
that need to be handled and processed by the computer program and by the
gaming organisers, from the preferred one set of data to effect all eliminations
(when, in this example, only using the one data set arising from the PRIMARY
205336nze Final CAP.doc
number choices) to six different data sets. Disadvantages when using more than
the one data set are increases in the risk of computer program error and if using
multiple data sets, an imperfect or cumbersome ranking system. A further
example of elimination methods using our invention and using numerous data sets
is contained in Figure 9.
Example 3.2 - Table 5
Results of 500,000 Participant Game – One Data Set from PRIMARY Number Selections
BY RANKINGS BY NUMBERS
RANKINGS NUMBER NUMBERS NUMBERS NUMBER RANKINGS
OF OF
OF LEAST TIMES CHOSEN CHOSEN TIMES OF LEAST
PICKED CHOSEN CHOSEN PICKED
1 12,000 13 1 14,063 8
2 12,002 30 2 19,000 21
13,335 21 14,400 10
4 13,775 4 4 13,775 4
13,999 27 5 20,789 29
14,005 10 19,441 25
7 14,010 20 7 18,888 20
8 14,063 1 8 17,650 18
9 14,065 11 9 19,442 26
14,400 3 14,005 6
10
11 15,050 25 11 14,065 9
12 15,556 16 12 16,021 16
,900 24 12,000 1
13 13
14 16,005 29 14 20,543 28
16,008 19 15 19,347 23
205336nze Final CAP.doc
16,021 12 15,556 12
16 16
17 17,000 18 17 21,345 30
18 17,650 8 18 17,000 17
17,775 26 16,008 15
19 19
18,888 7 20 14,010 7
21 19,000 2 21 13,335 3
19,023 28 20,189 27
22 22
23 19,347 15 23 19,374 24
24 19,374 23 24 15,900 13
19,441 6 25 15,050 11
26 19,442 9 26 17,775 19
27 20,189 22 27 13,999 5
28 20,543 14 28 19,023 22
,789 5 16,005 14
29 29
21,345 17 30 12,002 2
500,000 500,000
Example 3.3 - Resolving Ties (as between the numbers 1 to 30) within the Ranking
System
While the above Example 3.2, Table 5 does not have any ties, it will be inevitable that
ties will occur where two or more numbers within the range of numbers from 1 to n (in
this example, 1 to 30) are chosen exactly the same number of times by the participants in
the game. Multiple numbers of ties could also occur. In this Example 3 of the game, it is
preferable that all ties are resolved.
While there will be a number of ways to resolve ties, such as by using a random method,
the preferred way to resolve all ties in this Example 3 of the use of the game is to use the
unpredictability of the results of all the participants’ choices in the game itself, by using
the resulting ‘odds’ and ‘evens’ that arise for each n number - as set out in the column
205336nze Final CAP.doc
headed “NUMBER OF TIMES CHOSEN” in Example 3.2 - Table 5 above (the
“Selection Total”).
Referring to Example 3.2 - Table 5, it will be apparent that each of the 30 numbers have
been chosen a certain number of times and that this results in either an odd numbered
Selection Total or an even numbered Selection Total, representing the number of times
each of the 30 numbers was chosen. Whether a number available to be chosen within the
range of numbers from 1 to n (in this example 1 to 30) is going to end up being chosen a
number of times that is either an odd or even Selection Total number is entirely
unpredictable, and is a chance result. This chance result creates a unique method to
resolve ties.
In this example, to resolves ties, an even number Selection Total will result in the lowest
face value of the tied numbers being ranked ahead of the higher face valued number/s. An
odd number Selection Total will result in the highest face value of the tied numbers being
ranked ahead of the lowest face valued number/s. For example if the following n numbers
(2, 13, 20 and 29) were in a four-way tie with the same Selection Total number of, for
example, 20,189, which is an odd Selection Total number, then the order of the four tied
numbers becomes 29, 20, 13 and 2.
This process is further explained in Figure 3.
Example 3.4 – The Elimination Processes to determine 9 Participants that will
proceed to the Second Phase
In this Example 3, the first phase objective is to determine 9 participants. The process is
overviewed below:
The First Eliminations: The first elimination process involves reducing the participants
in the game from 500,000 to a much lower number. This occurs by eliminating all
participants other than those participants that chose number [13] as their PRIMARY
205336nze Final CAP.doc
number, which is the number that was least picked by all the 500,000 participants in the
game, as it was chosen 12,000 times – see Example 3.2, Table 5.
Calculations: With 500,000 participants in the game, divided by the number range of 1 -
30, this results in an average of 16,666 participants per number. Some numbers will be
chosen more times, other numbers less. In this example, it is assumed that there are
12,000 participants that have each chosen [13] as their PRIMARY number and who are
not eliminated.
The Second Eliminations: The second elimination process involves reducing the
remaining 12,000 participants from 12,000 to a much lower number by eliminating all
participants other than those participants that chose number [30] as their 1
SECONDARY number, which is the number that was the second least picked number by
all the 500,000 participants in the game, as it was chosen 12,002 times – see Example
3.2, Table 5.
Calculations: With 12,000 participants remaining in the game, divided by the remaining
number range of 29 (as number 13 has now gone from the number range of 1-30), results
in an average of 414 participants per number. Based on the law of averages, some of the
remaining 29 numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers less. In this example, it
is assumed that there are c. 400 participants that have chosen [30] as their 1
SECONDARY number and which are not eliminated.
The Third Elimination: The third elimination process involves reducing the remaining c.
400 participants by eliminating all participants other than those that chose [21] as their
2 SECONDARY number, which is the number that was the third least picked by all the
500,000 participants in the game, as it was chosen 13,335 times – see Example 3.2, Table
Calculations: With c. 400 participants remaining in the game, divided by the remaining
number range of 28 (as number 13 and 30 have both now gone from the number range of
205336nze Final CAP.doc
1-30), results in an average of c. 14 participants per number. Based on the law of
averages, some of the remaining 28 numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers
less. In this example, it is assumed that there are c. 10 participants that have chosen [21]
as their 2 SECONDARY number and which are not eliminated.
Final eliminations – The Ranking System: With c. 10 participants remaining in this
example, those small number of remaining participants can be ranked using their 3
SECONDARY number, and 4 SECONDARY number if necessary, to determine the 9
participants that are to proceed to the second phase.
This above described process is exemplified in Example 3.6, Table 7 that follows, which
focuses on the 10 best performing participants in the game. When considering Example
3.6, Table 7, the 6 number choices of the best 10 performing participants (having the
best results for the ‘least picked’ PRIMARY number and 5 SECONDARY numbers) are
set out in Example 3.5, Table 6 below:
Example 3.5 - Table 6 – Chosen numbers of the Top 10 Participants
st nd rd th th
Participant Primary 1 SEC 2 SEC 3 SEC 4 SEC 5 SEC
Number
P.1 13 30 21 4 20 2
13 30 21 4 3 11
P.3 13 30 21 27 10 20
P.4 13 30 21 11 18 20
P.5 13 30 21 11 8 26
13 30 21 16 25 20
13 30 21 24 4 10
P.8 13 30 21 29 27 4
P.9 13 30 21 19 26 3
P.10 13 30 21 12 2 1
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 3.6 - Table 7 - Determine the 9 Participants to proceed to the second phase.
Nos of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Participants 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 P.
From 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12,00
PRIMARY 0
no. 13
First 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 c. 400
Secondary 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 left
(no of times
chosen by
participants
in game)
2 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 c. 10
Secondary 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
left
3 16,0
13,7 13,7 13,9 14,0 14,0 15,5 15,9 16,0 16,0
Secondary 75 75 99 65 65 56 00 05 08 21
st nd rd th th th th th th th
(1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) (7 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
4 14,0 14,4 14,0 17,0 17,6 15,0 13,7 13,9 17,7 19,0
Secondary 10 00 05 00 50 50 75 99 75 00
19,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 17,7 14,0 14,0 13,7 14,4 14,0
Secondary 00 65 10 10 75 10 05 75 00 63
Extra Nos … … … … … … … … … …
if needed
As can be seen from Example 3.6, Table 7 above, P.1 to P.9 are the 9 participants that
proceed to the second phase. For clarification, this table ranks P.1 to P.10 in order of
performance in the game.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 3.7 – Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
The Ranking System described in this invention, in particular as referred to in Examples
3.2 and 3.3, can be used to rank each participants performance in a game. So in a game
played by 500,000 participants, each participant can be ranked, from 1 place down to
last place. Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, the winner/s can be determined
through this method. However, we believe it is preferable to have a group of winners (or
class of winners) at various determined steps in the game. Accordingly, we believe it is
preferable to also undertake elimination steps as we have described in Example 3.4
above.
Depending on the number of participants in a game as described in this Example 3, but
assuming a minimum of 500,000 participants, these elimination steps occur, as we have
set out in Example 3.4 above, using firstly the PRIMARY number, and then the 1 and
nd rd
2 SECONDARY numbers, and as may be necessary, the 3 SECONDARY number and
so forth, until a ‘sufficiently small’ number of participants remain.
What constitutes ‘sufficiently small’ may vary for each game profile and will depend on
the number of participants in the game and the number of individual ‘major’ prizes that
the gaming organizers want to award to successful participants.
In this Example 3 of the game which is a game with 500,000 participants, we have
continued the elimination processes up to and including the use of the 2 SECONDARY
number, after which there is about 10 participants remaining. Then the computer software
ranks in order each of those last 10 or so remaining participants, ranking their
performance against each other, with reference to the ranking system as set out in
Example 3.2, Table 5. We have used 10 final participants from which we then determine
the last 9 as are required for the second phase of this example of the game.
If however, the use of the 2 SECONDARY number above resulted, for example, in
there being less than 9 participants that had correctly chosen the relevant winning
205336nze Final CAP.doc
st nd
PRIMARY number, and then the 1 and 2 SECONDARY numbers, then the following
occurs:
• Those participants, if any, all proceed to the second phase; and
• The remaining participants that are required to make up the 9 are determined from
the prior group of participants that had correctly chosen the relevant winning
PRIMARY number, and also the 1 SECONDARY number. The remaining
participants are determined by reference to each of those participants other
SECONDARY numbers which are then ranked by reference to the Ranking
System as contained in Example 3.2, Table 5 and the methods described herein.
• Table 8 below overviews this process in respect of determining 9 participants for
most game sizes. The method set out in this Table below should be sufficient for
most game sizes based on the results set out in Example 4.17, Table 18 –
“Backroom Calculations – Eliminations”. It will be appreciated that the process
can be expanded if the number of participants in the games become sufficiently
large, or the range of n numbers available for selection is less than what we have
used in the examples set out, for instance the process can be expanded by adding
more SECONDARY numbers.
Table 8 – Description of Elimination Steps
Steps Description of Elimination Steps
First PRIMARY Firstly, eliminate all participants other than those that
chose the correct PRIMARY number [13]. (“Primary
Winner Category”)
nd st
2 1 SECONDARY Secondly, eliminate all Primary Winner Category
participants other than those that also correctly chose
205336nze Final CAP.doc
st st
the 1 Secondary number [30]. (“1 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 9 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
rd nd st
3 2 SECONDARY Thirdly, eliminate all 1 Sec Category participants
other than those that also correctly chose the 2
Secondary number [21]. (“2 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 9 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th rd nd
4 3 SECONDARY Fourthly, eliminate all 2 Sec Category participants
other than those that also correctly chose the 3
Secondary number [4]. (“3 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 9 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th th rd
4 SECONDARY Fifthly, eliminate all 3 Sec Category participants
other than those that also correctly chose the 4
Secondary number [27]. (“4 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 9 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th th th
6 5 SECONDARY Sixthly, eliminate all 4 Sec Category participants
other than those that also correctly chose the 5
Secondary number [10]. (“5 Sec Category”).
If the number of participants is 9 or less, those
Final Step
participants, if any, proceed to the second phase;
and then
If 1 or more participants are still required to make
up the 9 participants required for the second phase,
205336nze Final CAP.doc
then using the group of participants from the
preceding stage/s as relevant, rank those participants
using their relevant Secondary number/s in
accordance with the Selection Total/s and Ranking
System of the n numbers to determine those that have
the best rankings and who are also to proceed to the
second phase in order to make up the required 9.
Example 3.8 - Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value – Same results
Example 3.6, Table 7 above ranks the participants’ 6 number choices from the number
range of 1-30, by reference to the one data set as set out in Example 3.2 Table 5. To
illustrate this - and with reference to Example 3.2, Table 5 which ranks all the n numbers:
number 13 was the least chosen number, so it was placed first with a ranking number
or ranking value of 12,000 (being the number of times that it had been chosen by all
the participants in the game);
number 30 was the second least chosen number, so it was placed second with a
ranking number or ranking value of 12,002 (being the number of times that it had
been chosen by all the participants in the game); and so on as set out in Example 3.2,
Table 5.
Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value
Instead of using the ascribed ranking value based on the number of times that each of the
n numbers 1-30 had been chosen by all the participants in the game, the ascribed ranking
value can be changed to equal the actual rankings or placement number of the 30
st th
numbers, by ranking them 1 to 30 . To illustrate this – and again with reference to
Example 3.2, Table 5 which ranks all the n numbers, and to Example 3.5, Table 6 which
records the 6 chosen numbers of the top 10 participants:
205336nze Final CAP.doc
number 13 was the least chosen number, so it was placed first with a ranking number
or ranking value of 12,000 (being the number of times that it had been chosen by all
the participants in the game). Its ranking value is changed from 12,000 to 1 - i.e. a
ranking value of 1 – thereby being a “Selection Total” of 1;
number 30 was the second least chosen number, so it was placed second with a
ranking number or ranking value of 12,002 (being the number of times that it had
been chosen by all the participants in the game). Its ranking value is changed from
12,002 to 2 - i.e. a ranking value of 2 - thereby being a “Selection Total” of 2; ...
and so on.
Example 3.9, Table 9 below is the same as Example 3.6, Table 7 above, but is now
altered to show the change to using the ascribed ranking value/Selection Total of 1, 2, 3,
etc as described in the paragraph above.
Example 3.9 - Table 9 - Determine the 9 Participants to proceed to the second phase
- Using Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value
Nos of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Participants 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 P.
From 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12,000
PRIMARY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
no. 13
First 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 c. 400
Secondary 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
left
(no of times 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
chosen by
participants
in game –
then ranked
st nd rd
1 , 2 , 3 ,
205336nze Final CAP.doc
2 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 c. 10
Secondary 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 left
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 13,7 13,7 13,9 14,0 14,0 15,5 15,9 16,0 16,0 16,0
Secondary 75 75 99 65 65 56 00 05 08 21
4 4 5 9 9 12 13 14 15 16
st nd rd th th th th th th th
(1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) (7 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
4 14,0 14,4 14,0 17,0 17,6 15,0 13,7 13,9 17,7 19,0
Secondary 10 00 05 00 50 50 75 99 75 00
7 10 6 17 18 11 4 5 19 21
19,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 17,7 14,0 14,0 13,7 14,4 14,0
Secondary 00 65 10 10 75 10 05 75 00 63
21 9 7 7 19 7 6 4 10 8
Extra Nos … … … … … … … … … …
if needed
Figure 4 shows, by way of an example in a series of computer printouts, a method of
processing by a computer the results for a 100,000 participant game which is relevant to
the example set out in this Examples 3. In particular Figure 4 shows the computer
processing method to determine the top 10 in order, from which the final 9 can be
determined. This example set out in Figure 4 can be easily scalable for any size game.
Example 3.10 - End of Phase One - Announcement of First Phase Winners
At the end of week one, the 9 winners eligible for the second phase are published and any
winning numbers associated with any minor prizes won in the first phase are also
published and paid.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The 9 winners eligible for the second phase are published (and announced) at the
beginning of week two by the gaming organizers disclosing the 6 numbers from each
winning participant’s block of 6 numbers and/or the entry ticket numbers of the 9 winners
of the first phase. In this example, each of these 9 winners would receive a guaranteed
minimum prize from the second phase.
Also at the beginning of week two, the next game is commenced, so that the next 9
participants can be determined and published (and announced) at the end of week two.
Example 3.11 - Second Phase - Week Two - Determining the “winner/s”
As previously set out in Example 1, the 9 winners eligible to participate in phase two of
the game set out in this Example 3 will then compete at the end of week two to become
the “winner” in order to win the first prize.
Consistent in keeping with the game’s objective in this example for participants to choose
numbers that are least picked by the 9 participants, and to be rewarded accordingly, the
elimination processes for phase two are based on these objectives.
Eliminations Starting with the 9 Participants
Firstly: Each of the 9 participants will be required to nominate a number from the number
range of, say, 1 to 5. The outcomes will be:
The participant/s that nominate a number that is least picked by the other participants will
avoid elimination. The other participants will be eliminated. Participants eliminated in
this first elimination stage may each receive a prize, say, $20,000. Only the lowest
number of participants go through.
E.g. If 5 participants nominate the number 1; 2 participants nominate the number 3; and 2
participants nominate the number 5; then the 5 participants that nominated the number 1
are eliminated and the other 4 participants proceed to the next elimination stage.
However, if 4 participants nominate the number 1; 3 participants nominate the number 3;
and 2 participants nominate the number 5; then 7 participants are eliminated and only the
2 participants that nominated the number 5 proceed to the next elimination stage.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
If at this first stage of eliminations involving all 9 participants, one of the participants has
a nominated number that no other participant nominates and there are no other
participants in the same position, then that participant is the winner. A participant
winning at this first stage is eligible to win the Jackpot if provided. Otherwise the Jackpot
carries over to the following week’s game.
If none of the participants nominate a number that is least picked by other participants,
resulting in a tie then the prize is shared equally but the Jackpot, if provided, cannot be
won. Alternatively, the above elimination process could be repeated, with or without the
jackpot at stake.
E.g. 3 participants nominate the number 1; 3 participants nominate the number 3; and the
remaining 3 participants nominate the number 5; then that constitutes a tie.
If there are 4 to 6 Remaining Participants
Secondly: In the event the remaining participants number 4 or more, then each of the
remaining participants that have not been eliminated will be required to nominate a
further number, this time from the number range of 1 to 3. At this stage there will be no
more than 6 participants left standing. The outcomes will be:
The participant/s that nominate a number that is least picked by the other participants will
avoid elimination. The other participants will be eliminated. Participants eliminated in
this second elimination stage may each receive a prize, say, $35,000. Only the lowest
number of participants go through.
If at this stage one of the participants has a nominated number that no other participant
nominates and there are no other participants in the same position, then that participant is
the winner of the prize, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only be won in the first
elimination stage involving all 9 participants.
If none of the remaining participants nominate a number that is least picked by other
participants, resulting in a tie, then the prize is shared equally. Alternatively, the above
elimination process could be repeated.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
If there are 3 Remaining Participants
Thirdly: In the event that at any time there becomes three remaining participants, each of
the three remaining participants that have not been eliminated will again be required to
nominate a number from the number range of 1 to 2. The outcomes will be:
The participant that nominates a number that is least picked will again avoid elimination.
That participant is the winner of the prize, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only
be won in the first elimination stage.
The other two participants eliminated in this stage may each receive a prize, say, $50,000.
If none of the three participants nominate a number that is least picked by the other
participants, resulting in a 3-way tie, then the prize is shared equally. Alternatively, the
above elimination process could be repeated again.
If there are 2 Remaining Participants
Fourthly: In the event that at any time there becomes two remaining participants, each of
those two remaining participants will be required to nominate a number from the number
range of 1 to 2. The gaming organizer will at the same time (so no one participant or the
gaming organizer will have any prior knowledge of any chosen number) also nominate a
number preferably by way of a random number generator, in the range of 1 to 2. The
outcomes will be:
If one of the participants nominates a number that is not nominated by the other
participant and not nominated by the gaming organizer, then that participant is the
winner, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only be won in the first elimination
stage.
The other eliminated participant (eliminated by the gaming organizer) may receive a
prize, say, $100,000.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
If the two participants nominate a number that is picked by both of them, irrespective of
whether or not the gaming organizer nominates the same number, then this results in a 2-
way tie and the prize is shared equally, but the Jackpot cannot be won, as it can only be
won in the first elimination stage.
As will be appreciated, any of the above outcomes where there is a tie between 2 or more
participants could be resolved by reference back to each of those tied participants original
numbers and ranking their performances as described previously, so that one or more
participants could always be eliminated and the elimination process then continues or a
sole winner is determined.
Example 3.12 – Exampled Prize Winnings
In this Example 3, assume that:
There are 500,000 participants in each game, with each participant purchasing the
minimum of $10 for one block of 6 numbers – resulting in a pool of $5,000,000 available
to cover expenses, costs and prizes; and
50% of the revenue pool is paid out as prizes; so
$2,500,000 is available for prizes in both phases of the game.
In the first phase of the game:
Prizes are awarded to each participant that correctly chooses the winning PRIMARY
number ($10 bonus ticket), further prizes are awarded to each participant that also
correctly chooses the 1 Secondary number ($300), and further prizes are awarded to
each of those participants that also correctly chooses the 2 Secondary number ($3,000).
(In this Example 3 it is assumed that the use of the ranking system to determine the 9
participants to proceed to the second phase occurs with the remaining participants at the
2 SECONDARY number stage).
205336nze Final CAP.doc
In the second phase of the game:
Each of the 9 participants eliminated in this first round of eliminations receives $20,000
Each of the 9 participants eliminated in any second round of eliminations receives
$35,000
In the stage that requires elimination of participants when there are either two or three
remaining participants in total, then as relevant, either the two participants that are then
eliminated each receive $50,000, or the one eliminated participant receives $100,000.
If the winner wins in the first round of eliminations that occur in the second phase of the
game, then net of the prize payments to be made to the eliminated participants in the first
phase and the prize payments to the 8 eliminated participants from the second phase, that
winner receives 100% of the balance of that relevant week’s prize pool, and 100% of any
jackpot pool that has accumulated from previous weeks.
If the winner wins in the second round of eliminations, net of the other prize payments,
that winner receives 35% of the balance of that relevant weeks prize pool (but 0% of the
jackpot pool that has accumulated from previous weeks, as the jackpot can only be won
in the first round of eliminations in the event of a clear winner being achieved). Unpaid
prizes jackpot to the following week.
If the winner wins during the third round of eliminations, net of the other prize payments,
that winner receives 25% of the balance of that relevant week’s prize pool (but 0% of the
jackpot pool that has accumulated from previous weeks). Unpaid prizes jackpot to the
following week.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 3.13 – Table 10 - Two Phase Game – Exampled Prize Winnings
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of $ 2.5m
Factors Number of Ticket Maximum Prize Pool
Participants in Amount of
each stage Prizes
500,000 n/a n/a n/a
(÷ 30) 16,667 $10 (bonus $170,000 6.8%
ticket)
PRIMARY
(÷ 29) 575 $300 + above $200,000 8.0%
1 Secondary
(÷ 28) 21 $3,000 + $75,000 3.0%
above
2 Secondary
(÷ 27) 9 Participants, for $2,055,000 82.2%
TV Game Show
3 Secondary
(including
winner)
(÷ 26)
4 Secondary
(÷ 25)
Secondary
Totals $2,500,000 100%
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 3.14 - TV/ Game Show
It is envisaged that in this Example 3, phase two of the lottery will be conducted at the
same time as the announcements of the winners of phase one of the following game are
being announced.
Phase two could be conducted through a televised show, most likely of short duration, as
phase two is believed to be suitable for a game or reality show, including being suitable
with potential audience participation.
Each of the 9 winning participants can compete in phase two in person, or a participant
can participate anonymously by telephone, or by other means of instantaneous
communication, or by the gaming organizers appointing a person to participate on the
winning participants behalf (the later occurring automatically if a phase two winning
participant fails to identify him or herself as one of the 9 winners).
The second phase can be made exciting and it relies on each participant’s own choice.
Example 3.15 - Incorporation of a “Super Game”
Using the base parameters set out in this Example 3, the invention preferably also
includes the incorporation of a “Super Game”, with a set percentage of the weekly
game’s prize pool set aside for the “Super Game”, with a corresponding reduction to the
amount available to be paid out as weekly prizes.
Preferably, this “Super Game” is won at defined periods such as annually, or six monthly,
or in some other set way, such as when a set target amount of prize pool for the Super
Game is reached.
Preferably the Super Game involves the same identical processes of elimination as
applicable to the weekly draws as described above.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 3.16 - The odds of winning
The odds of winning a prize in this Example 3 involving a two phase game – in the first
instance correctly choosing the week’s winning PRIMARY number – is 1 in 30.
The odds of being one of the final 9 to proceed to the second phase and win one of the 9
major prizes – is 1 in 55,555
Then, in this Example 3, the mathematical probability of one of the 9 participants being a
sole winner in the first round of eliminations in the second phase of the game, and
thereby winning Jackpot, is 36%, or c. 1 in 3.
It will be appreciated that the mathematical probability of one of the 9 participants being
a sole winner in the first round of eliminations will vary if the number of participants is
changed from 9 to a lesser or greater number. The mathematical probability will also
change if the range of numbers to be selected in the first elimination stage of the second
phase is changed, from 1-5 to something else.
As one example, if the number of final participants was changed to 8, and the number
range was changed to 1-7, then the mathematical probability of one of the 8 participants
being a sole winner in the first round of eliminations in the second phase of the game will
change to 13.88%, or c. 1 in 7.
It will be clear that a large number of variations exist and the above descriptions as set
out in this Example 3 are by way of example only.
EXAMPLE 4
Example 4.0 – One Phase Game – (number range 1 to n, where n = 30)
This example works, as before, on the basis of picking the ‘least picked’ numbers.
The game, as described below, is a one phase game and is sold over a defined period, for
example, weekly.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The participants each purchase during the week 6 different numbers in the selected range
of 1 to 30 - where each number picked is picked to be one of the ‘least picked’ by all the
participants in the game. A number can only be picked once.
Each participant:
• Picks 1 PRIMARY number.
• Picks 5 SECONDARY numbers – which may be used in later elimination stages.
As also set out previously in Example 3, each participant may choose his/her own unique
block of 6 numbers, or alternatively, a participant can have some or all of his/her 6
numbers randomly picked by a random number generator.
Player’s Objective
The game has what we could describe as only a first or single phase in which the
objective for each participant in the game that week is to become the sole winner.
The games first objective for a participant is to correctly pick the PRIMARY number
(which could be any number from the number range of 1 to 30), which becomes the least
picked number following the analysis of all the participants’ picks of their PRIMARY
numbers.
Minor prizes can be awarded for success in correctly picking the least picked PRIMARY
number.
Then, for those participants that have correctly chosen the winning PRIMARY number,
the next objective is to have also correctly picked in order (through their choice of
SECONDARY numbers) the next least picked numbers (based on all the participants
choice of numbers), with the objective of becoming the sole winner and the winner of the
first prize.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Super Game
The game in this Example 4 can have a concurrent running “Super Game” that is played
once every set period e.g. 6 monthly or yearly.
The assumptions below proceed on the basis that a Super Game is incorporated, drawn
yearly, where participants who purchase in the weekly games and who have correctly
chosen the correct PRIMARY number in any weekly game, receive one automatic entry
into the Super Game.
For each week that a participant chooses the correct PRIMARY number, that participant
receives an entry into Super Game - i.e. if a participant correctly chooses the winning
PRIMARY numbers in a total of 20 weekly games during the year, then that participant
will have 20 entries in the Super Game, drawn at the end of the year – at no cost of entry.
Example 4.1 - Assumed Game Profile
In this example, it is assumed that:
• The game is run weekly;
• The participants in each week’s game will each purchase 6 different numbers in
the selected range of 1-30;
• Each number block of 6 numbers, consists of 1 PRIMARY and 5 SECONDARY
numbers, all of which must be different;
• Each number block is purchased at a total cost of $10;
• the game is played each week by 500,000 participants;
• each participant purchases the minimum of $10 for one number block of 6
different numbers – so there would be 500,000 PRIMARY numbers picked in
total, all in the number range of 1 - 30;
• The total revenue from each week’s game is $5,000,000;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• The available prize pool is 50% of total revenue;
• Total prizes available are $2,500,000;
• Any numbers in the range of 1 - 30 that might not be chosen by any participant
are ignored.
• The number 13 is the PRIMARY number chosen the least.
• There are 12,000 participants that have chosen 13 as their PRIMARY number.
• Those 12,000 winners each receive one bonus entry into the following weeks
game i.e. valued at $10 each ($120,000) and one entry into Super Game.
• Example 4.2, Table 11 below sets out an example of the results of this 500,000
participants’ game, and the number of times each PRIMARY number in the 1-30
number range was chosen by all the participants in the game.
• Ties between n numbers in the number range 1 to 30 are ALL resolved – see
Example 4.3 below.
• The 12,000 winners are subjected to further eliminations using the SECONDARY
numbers, which are conducted using the ranking of the n numbers determined
from the one data set from the 500,000 participant’s choices of the PRIMARY
number. Alternatively, the ranking of the n numbers could be determined from the
participants’ choices of all their chosen numbers – an example is set out in Figure
8. In a further alternative, the further eliminations could be conducted using
firstly, the data set from the 500,000 participant’s choices of their 1
SECONDARY number, then secondly the data set from the 500,000 participant’s
nd th
choices of their 2 SECONDARY number, and so on up to the 5
SECONDARY number, but we believe that this is too cumbersome and not a
practical option in any application of the invention. Further it would increase the
number of data sets that need to be handled and processed by the computer
program and by the gaming organisers, from the preferred one set of data to effect
205336nze Final CAP.doc
all eliminations (when, in this example, only using the one data set arising from
the PRIMARY number choices) to six different data sets. Disadvantages when
using more than the one data set are increases in the risk of computer program
error and if using multiple data sets, an imperfect or cumbersome ranking system.
A further example of elimination methods using our invention and using
numerous data sets is contained in Figure 9.
Example 4.2 - Table 11
Results of 500,000 Participant Game – One Data Set from the PRIMARY Number Selections
BY RANKINGS BY NUMBERS
RANKINGS NUMBER NUMBERS NUMBERS NUMBER RANKINGS
OF OF
OF LEAST TIMES CHOSEN CHOSEN TIMES OF LEAST
PICKED CHOSEN CHOSEN PICKED
1 12,000 13 1 14,063 8
12,002 30 19,000 21
3 13,335 21 3 14,400 10
4 13,775 4 4 13,775 4
13,999 27 20,789 29
6 14,005 10 6 19,441 25
7 14,010 20 7 18,888 20
8 14,063 1 8 17,650 18
14,065 11 19,442 26
14,400 3 10 14,005 6
11 15,050 25 11 14,065 9
,556 16 16,021 16
12 12
13 15,900 24 13 12,000 1
14 16,005 29 14 20,543 28
205336nze Final CAP.doc
16,008 19 19,347 23
15
16 16,021 12 16 15,556 12
17 17,000 18 17 21,345 30
17,650 8 17,000 17
18 18
19 17,775 26 19 16,008 15
18,888 7 20 14,010 7
19,000 2 13,335 3
21 21
22 19,023 28 22 20,189 27
23 19,347 15 23 19,374 24
24 19,374 23 24 15,900 13
19,441 6 25 15,050 11
26 19,442 9 26 17,775 19
27 20,189 22 27 13,999 5
,543 14 19,023 22
28 28
29 20,789 5 29 16,005 14
21,345 17 30 12,002 2
500,000 500,000
Example 4.3 - Resolving Ties (as between the numbers 1 to 30) within the Ranking
System
While the above Example 4.2, Table 11 does not have any ties, it will be inevitable that
ties will occur where two or more numbers within the range of numbers from 1 to n (in
this example, 1 to 30) are chosen exactly the same number of times by the participants in
the game. Multiple numbers of ties could also occur. In this Example 4 of the game, it is
preferable that all ties are resolved.
While there will be a number of ways to resolve ties, such as by using a random method,
the preferred way to resolve all ties in this Example 4 of the use of the game is to use the
unpredictability of the results of all the participants’ choices in the game itself, by using
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the resulting ‘odds’ and ‘evens’ that arise for each n number - as set out in the column
headed “NUMBER OF TIMES CHOSEN” in Example 4.2 - Table 11 above (the
“Selection Total”).
Referring to Example 4.2 - Table 11, it will be apparent that each of the 30 numbers have
been chosen a certain number of times and that this results in either an odd numbered
Selection Total or an even numbered Selection Total, representing the number of times
each of the 30 numbers was chosen. Whether a number available to be chosen within the
range of numbers from 1 to n (in this example 1 to 30) is going to end up being chosen a
number of times that is either an odd or even Selection Total number is entirely
unpredictable, and is a chance result. This chance result creates a unique method to
resolve ties.
In this example, to resolves ties, an even number Selection Total will result in the lowest
face value of the tied numbers being ranked ahead of the higher face valued number/s. An
odd number Selection Total will result in the highest face value of the tied n numbers
being ranked ahead of the lowest face valued n number/s. For example if the following n
numbers (2, 13, 20 and 29) were in a four-way tie with the same Selection Total number
of, for example, 20,189, which is an odd Selection Total number, then the order of the
four tied numbers becomes 29, 20, 13 and 2.
This process is further explained in Figure 3.
Example 4.4 – The Elimination Processes to determine the winner
In this Example 4, the game is a one phase game, so the objective is to determine the
number of participants to whom major prizes are to be awarded. For this example we
shall set that at 10 major prizes. The process is overviewed below:
The First Eliminations: The first elimination process involves reducing the participants
in the game from 500,000 to a much lower number. This occurs by eliminating all
205336nze Final CAP.doc
participants other than those participants that chose number [13] as their PRIMARY
number, which is the number that was least picked by all the 500,000 participants in the
game, as it was chosen 12,000 times – see Example 4.2, Table 11.
Calculations: With 500,000 participants in the game, divided by the number range of 1 -
, this results in an average of 16,666 participants per number. Some numbers will be
chosen more times, other numbers less. In this example, it is assumed that there are
12,000 participants that have chosen [13] as their PRIMARY number and which are not
eliminated.
The Second Eliminations: The second elimination process involves reducing the
remaining 12,000 participants from 12,000 to a much lower number by eliminating all
participants other than those participants that chose number [30] as their 1
SECONDARY number, which is the number that was the second least picked number by
all the 500,000 participants in the game, as it was chosen 12,002 times – see Example
4.2, Table 11.
Calculations: With 12,000 participants remaining in the game, divided by the remaining
number range of 29 (as number 13 has now gone from the number range of 1-30), results
in an average of 414 participants per number. Based on the law of averages, some of the
remaining 29 numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers less. In this example, it
is assumed that there are c. 400 participants that have chosen [30] as their 1
SECONDARY number and which are not eliminated.
The Third Eliminations: The third elimination process involves reducing the remaining c.
400 participants by eliminating all participants other than those that chose [21] as their
2 SECONDARY number, which is the number that was the third least picked by all the
500,000 participants in the game, as it was chosen 13,335 times – see Example 4.2, Table
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Calculations: With c. 400 participants remaining in the game, divided by the remaining
number range of 28 (as number 13 and 30 have both now gone from the number range of
1-30), results in an average of c. 14 participants per number. Based on the law of
averages, some of the remaining 28 numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers
less. In this example, it is assumed that there are c. 10 participants that have chosen [21]
as their 2 SECONDARY number and which are not eliminated.
Final eliminations – The Ranking System: With c. 10 participants remaining in this
example, those small number of remaining participants can be ranked using their 3
SECONDARY number, and 4 SECONDARY number if necessary, to determine the
winner/s.
This above described process is exemplified in Example 4.6, Table 13 that follows,
which focuses on the 10 best performing participants in the game. When considering
Example 4.6, Table 13, the 6 number choices of the best 10 performing participants
(having the best results for the ‘least picked’ PRIMARY number and 5 SECONDARY
numbers) are set out in Example 4.5, Table 12 below:
Example 4.5 - Table 12 – Chosen numbers of the Top 10 Participants
st nd rd th th
Participant Primary 1 SEC 2 SEC 3 SEC 4 SEC 5 SEC
Number
P.1 13 30 21 4 20 2
P.2 13 30 21 4 3 11
P.3 13 30 21 27 10 20
P.4 13 30 21 11 18 20
13 30 21 11 8 26
P.6 13 30 21 16 25 20
P.7 13 30 21 24 4 10
P.8 13 30 21 29 27 4
P.9 13 30 21 19 26 3
205336nze Final CAP.doc
P.10 13 30 21 12 2 1
Example 4.6 - Table 13 - Determine the Winner/s.
Nos of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Participants 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 P.
From 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12,000
PRIMARY
no. 13
First 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0
c. 400
Secondary 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
left
(no of times
chosen by
participants
in game)
2 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 c. 10
Secondary 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 left
3 13,7 13,7 13,9 14,0 14,0 15,5 15,9 16,0 16,0 16,0
Secondary 75 75 99 65 65 56 00 05 08 21
nd rd th th th th th
(2 ) (3 ) (6 ) (7 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
4 14,0 14,4 14,0 17,0 17,6 15,0 13,7 13,9 17,7 19,0
Secondary 10 00 05 00 50 50 75 99 75 00
st th th
(1 ) (4 ) (5 )
19,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 17,7 14,0 14,0 13,7 14,4 14,0
Secondary 00 65 10 10 75 10 05 75 00 63
Extra Nos. … … … … … … … … … …
if needed
205336nze Final CAP.doc
As can be seen from Example 4.6, Table 13 above, P.1 is the sole winner.
Example 4.7 – Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
The Ranking System described in this invention, in particular as referred to in Examples
4.2 and 4.3 can be used to rank each participants performance in a game. So in a game
played by 500,000 participants, each participant can be ranked, from 1 place down to
last place. Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, the winner/s can be determined
through this method. However, we believe it is preferable to have a group of winners (or
class of winners) at various determined steps in the game. Accordingly, we believe it is
preferable to also undertake elimination steps as we have described in Example 4.4
above.
Depending on the number of participants in a game as described in this Example 4, but
assuming a minimum of 500,000 participants, these elimination steps occur, as we have
set out in Example 4.4 above, using firstly the PRIMARY number, and then the 1 and
nd rd
2 SECONDARY numbers, and as may be necessary, the 3 SECONDARY number and
so forth, until a ‘sufficiently small’ number of participants remain.
What constitutes ‘sufficiently small’ may vary for each game profile and will depend on
the number of participants in the game and the number of individual ‘major’ prizes that
the gaming organizers want to award to successful participants.
In this Example 4 of the game, which is a game with 500,000 participants, we have
continued the elimination processes up to and including the use of the 2 SECONDARY
number, after which there is about 10 participants remaining. Then the computer software
ranks in order each of those last 10 or so remaining participants, ranking their
performance against each other, with reference to the ranking system as set out in
Example 4.2, Table 11. We have used 10 for demonstration purposes, from which we
then determine the winner/s of the major prizes in this example of the game.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
If however, the use of the 2 SECONDARY number above resulted, for example, in
there being less than the required number of participants for major prizes, being those
participants that had correctly chosen the relevant winning PRIMARY number, and then
st nd
the 1 and 2 SECONDARY numbers, then the following occurs:
• Those participants, if any, that had correctly chosen the relevant winning
st nd
PRIMARY number, and then the 1 and 2 SECONDARY numbers all get major
prizes from 1 down to the relevant placing; and
• The remaining participants that are required for prizes are determined from the
prior group of participants that had correctly chosen the relevant winning
PRIMARY number, and also the 1 SECONDARY number. The remaining
participants are determined by reference to each of those participants other
SECONDARY numbers which are then ranked by reference to the Ranking
System as contained in Example 4.2, Table 11 and the methods described herein.
• Table 14 below overviews this process in respect of determining 10 participants
in a one phase game that are to win the major prizes. The method set out in this
Table below should be sufficient for most game sizes based on the results set out
in Example 4.17, Table 18 – “Backroom Calculations – Eliminations”. It will be
appreciated that the process can be expanded as required, for instance by adding
more SECONDARY numbers.
Table 14 – Description of Elimination Steps
Steps Description of Elimination Steps
First PRIMARY Firstly, eliminate all participants other than those that
chose the correct PRIMARY number [13]. (“Primary
Winner Category”)
205336nze Final CAP.doc
nd st
2 1 SECONDARY Secondly, eliminate all Primary Winner Category
participants other than those that also correctly chose the
st st
1 Secondary number [30]. (“1 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 10 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
rd nd st
3 2 SECONDARY Thirdly, eliminate all 1 Sec Category participants other
than those that also correctly chose the 2 Secondary
number [21]. (“2 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 10 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th rd nd
4 3 SECONDARY Fourthly, eliminate all 2 Sec Category participants
other than those that also correctly chose the 3
Secondary number [4]. (“3 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 10 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th th rd
4 SECONDARY Fifthly, eliminate all 3 Sec Category participants other
than those that also correctly chose the 4 Secondary
number [27]. (“4 Sec Category”).
If the number of remaining participants is 10 or less, go
to the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th th th
6 5 SECONDARY Sixthly, eliminate all 4 Sec Category participants other
than those that also correctly chose the 5 Secondary
number [10]. (“5 Sec Category”).
Final Step [1] If the number of participants is [10] or less, those
participants, if any, will be winners of the relevant major
205336nze Final CAP.doc
prizes. To determine which participants win which
prizes occurs by ranking those participants using their
relevant Secondary number/s in accordance with the
Selection Total/s and Ranking System of the n numbers
to determine those that have the best rankings;
and then
If 1 or more participants are still required to make up
the [10] participants required for the major prizes, then
using the group of participants from the preceding
stage/s as relevant, rank those participants using their
relevant Secondary number/s in accordance with the
Selection Total/s and Ranking System of the n numbers
to determine those that have the best rankings and who
are also to receive some of the major prizes in order to
make up the required [10] major prize winners.
Example 4.8 - Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value – Same results
Instead of using the ascribed ranking value based on the number of times that each of the
numbers 1-30 had been chosen by all the participants in the game, the ascribed ranking
value can be changed to equal the actual rankings or placement number of the 30
st th
numbers, by ranking them 1 to 30 . To illustrate this – and again with reference to
Example 4.2, Table 11 which ranks all the numbers, and to Example 4.5, Table 12 which
records the 6 chosen numbers of the top 10 participants:
number 13 was the least chosen n number, so it was placed first with a ranking
number or ranking value of 12,000 (being the number of times that it had been chosen
by all the participants in the game);
205336nze Final CAP.doc
number 30 was the second least chosen n number, so it was placed second with a
ranking number or ranking value of 12,002 (being the number of times that it had
been chosen by all the participants in the game); and so on as set out in Example 4.2,
Table 11.
Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value
Instead of using the ascribed ranking value based on the number of times that each of the
numbers 1-30 had been chosen by all the participants in the game, the ascribed ranking
value can be changed to equal the actual rankings or placement number of the 30
st th
numbers, by ranking them 1 to 30 . To illustrate this – and again with reference to
Example 4.2, Table 11 which ranks all the 30 numbers, and to Example 4.5, Table 12
which records the 6 chosen numbers of the top 10 participants:
number 13 was the least chosen n number, so it was placed first with a ranking
number or ranking value of 12,000 (being the number of times that it had been chosen
by all the participants in the game). Its ranking value is changed from 12,000 to 1 -
i.e. a ranking value of 1 – thereby being a “Selection Total” of 1;
number 30 was the second least chosen n number, so it was placed second with a
ranking number or ranking value of 12,002 (being the number of times that it had
been chosen by all the participants in the game). Its ranking value is changed from
12,002 to 2 - i.e. a ranking value of 2 – thereby being a “Selection Total” of 2; ...
and so on.
Example 4.9, Table 15 below is the same as Example 4.6, Table 13 above, but is now
altered to show the change to using the ascribed ranking value/Selection Total of 1, 2, 3,
etc as described in the paragraph above.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 4.9 - Table 15 - Determine the Winner/s using alteration to ascribed
ranking value
Nos of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Participants 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 P.
From 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12,000
PRIMARY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
no. 13
First 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 c. 400
Secondary 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
left
(no of times
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
chosen by
participants
in game –
then ranked
st nd rd
1 , 2 , 3 ,
2 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3
c. 10
Secondary 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 left
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 13,7 13,7 13,9 14,0 14,0 15,5 15,9 16,0 16,0 16,0
Secondary 75 75 99 65 65 56 00 05 08 21
4 4 5 9 9 12 13 14 15 16
nd rd th th th th th
(2 ) (3 ) (6 ) (7 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
4 14,0 14,4 14,0 17,0 17,6 15,0 13,7 13,9 17,7 19,0
Secondary 10 00 05 00 50 50 75 99 75 00
7 10 6 17 18 11 4 5 19 21
st th th
(1 ) (4 ) (5 )
19,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 17,7 14,0 14,0 13,7 14,4 14,0
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Secondary 00 65 10 10 75 10 05 75 00 63
21 9 7 7 19 7 6 4 10 8
Extra Nos … … … … … … … … … …
if needed
As can be seen from Example 4.9, Table 15 above, the alteration to the ascribed ranking
values to 1, 2, 3, and so forth makes no change. P.1 is the sole winner.
Figure 4 shows, by way of an example in a series of computer printouts, a method of
processing by a computer the results for a 100,000 participant game which is relevant to
the example set out in this Examples 4. In particular Figure 4 shows the computer
processing method to determine the top 10 in order, from which the winner can be
nd th
determined, together with 2 place down to 10 as relevant. This example set out in
Figure 4 can be easily scalable for any size game.
Example 4.10 - Fallback position - Ties involving winning participants
The above illustrated elimination processes using 5 SECONDARY numbers should
ensure that the elimination process to determine one sole winner can be fully completed
within those 5 Secondary numbers and no fallback position should ever be necessary.
While this gaming system guarantees a winner, a joint winner is possible but unlikely. In
this example of the game (in order 6/30), once a winner is determined (using the full set
of 6 number choices from the 30 numbers if required), the chances of one or more other
players having also chosen in order the exact same 6 numbers as chosen by the winning
player is/are remote, as the odds of correctly choosing the 6 numbers in order are 1 in
427,518,000 – see Figure 7a.
The odds of:
a double event occurring (two entries that correctly chose the same 6 winning numbers) is
1 in 717,375,204 (Calculation: the odds to one x 1.678 – source: Scarne’s New Complete
Guide to Gambling, chapter 2; Published by Simon and Schuster, New York, 1974);
205336nze Final CAP.doc
a triple event occurring is 1 in 1,143,610,650 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 2.675);
a quad event occurring is 1 in 1,571,128,650 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 3.672); and
a quint event occurring is 1 in 1,996,509,060 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 4.670).
However, to provide for the unlikely situation where the above illustrated elimination
processes using firstly the PRIMARY number, and then the 5 SECONDARY numbers
does not achieve one sole winner, then if two or more participants remain and can’t be
eliminated or separated, then those tied participants share in proportion as between them
the relevant prize/s.
Example 4.11 – Table 16 - One Phase Game – Exampled Prize Winnings
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of $
Factors Number of Ticket Maximum 2.5m
Participants in Amount of Prize Pool
each stage Prizes
n/a n/a n/a
500,000
(÷ 30) 16,667 $10 + Super $170,000 6.8%
Game
PRIMARY
(÷ 29) 575 $300 + above $200,000 8.0%
1 Secondary
(÷ 28) 21 $3,000 + $75,000 3.0%
above
2 Secondary
(÷ 27) [9] Major prize $10,000 to $180,000 7.2%
winning $50,000 +
3 Secondary
participants other above
than sole winner
205336nze Final CAP.doc
(÷ 26) Winner $1,250,000 $1,250,000 50.0%
4 Secondary
– Sole Survivor
(÷ 25)
Secondary
To Super Game $625,000 25.0%
Totals $2,500,000 100%
Example 4.12 - The odds of winning a weekly game
The odds of winning a prize in the weekly draw – in the first instance correctly choosing
the weeks winning PRIMARY number – is 1 in 30.
The odds of winning first prize in this Example 4 of a one phase game, is equal to the
number of participants in the week’s lottery – in this case, it is 1 in 500,000.
Example 4.13 - Incorporation of a “Super Game”
As stated above, and as can be seen from Example 4.11, Table 16 above, this example of
the game includes a Super Game that is drawn annually.
The Super Game involves the same identical processes of elimination as applicable to the
weekly games as previously described in this Example 4.
Preferably, the participation in the Super Game is only achieved by:
• Purchasing a ticket in a weekly game; and
• Correctly picking a winning PRIMARY number in a weekly game.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Preferably, the number of tickets/entries a participant can have in Super Game is based on
how many times a participant chooses the winning PRIMARY number in one or more of
the weekly games.
Random Allocation of Super Game Numbers
Preferably, the Super Game numbers are randomly allocated. Those random numbers
comprise, as they do for the weekly games, 1 PRIMARY number and 5 SECONDARY
numbers. This random allocation is to ensure that no participant can stipulate what Super
Game numbers he or she wants and it is to ensure the integrity of the Super Game result.
In this example, the Super Game numbers are only allocated to those ‘weekly’
participants that correctly pick the winning PRIMARY number for the relevant week’s
game.
In addition, to further ensure the integrity of the Super Game result, the Super Game
numbers from each week’s game are not merged by the gaming engine at any time into
any combined set of numbers until after the last weekly game has been closed, prior to
the Super Game. This is to further ensure that no party can identify what numbers, when
combined, are less nominated than other n numbers, so that the Super Game is not subject
to interference or fraud by any party.
Example 4.14 – Prize Winnings for Super Game
The prizes available for the winner/s of the Super Game will be significantly higher than
the weekly game.
Assume that:
• the Super Game is conducted annually, at the end of a 50 week cycle of weekly
games; and
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• there are 50 weeks of games, with each weeks game having the same participation
and winning profile as described previously in Examples 4.1 and 4.11; and
• in each of the 50 weeks, as set out in Example 4.11, $625,000 is set aside from
each weekly game – to accumulate for the Super Game; and
• at the end of 50 weeks, there is $31,250,000 available for Super Game prizes; and
• The process of winning Super Game is the same as for the weekly draws.
Example 4.15 – Table 17 - One Phase Game – Exampled Prize Winnings for annual
Super Game
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of
Factors Number of Ticket Maximum $31.25m
Participants in Amount of Prize Pool
each stage of Prizes
Super Game
16,667 maximum n/a n/a n/a
participants per
week x 50 weeks =
833,350
(÷ 30) 27,778 $100 $2,812,500 9.0%
PRIMARY
(÷ 29) 957 $1,000 + $1,093,750 3.5%
above
1 Secondary
205336nze Final CAP.doc
(÷ 28) 34 $10,000 + $500,000 1.6%
above
2 Secondary
(÷ 27) [9] Prize Winning $100,000 to $3,406,250 10.9%
participants other $1,000,000 +
3 Secondary
than sole winner above
(÷ 26) Winner $23,437,500 $23,437,500 75%
4 Secondary – Sole Survivor
(÷ 25)
Secondary
Totals $31,250,000 100%
Example 4.16 - The Odds of Winning Super Game
The odds of winning a prize in Super Game is dependent on the number of entries a
participant has in Super Game – i.e. the number of times a participant enters weekly
games and correctly chooses the winning PRIMARY number in each weekly game.
In this Example 4, for a participant that has only one entry into Super Game, the odds of
winning the minor prize in Super Game ($100) is 1 in 30.
For a participant with only one entry in Super Game, the odds of winning first prize in
Super Game is no more than 1 in 833,350.
A participant with 1 entry has odds of at least 1 in 30 of winning any prize. The odds get
shorter for each additional entry into Super Game that a participant has.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
A participant with 10 entries comprising 10 different PRIMARY numbers has odds of at
least 1 in 3 of winning any prize in Super Game, and will have odds of less than 1 in
83,335 of winning the first prize in Super Game.
It will be clear that a large number of variations exist and the above descriptions as set
out in this Example 4 are by way of example only.
Example 4.17 – Table 18 - Backroom Calculations - Eliminations
The table below demonstrates that 5 SECONDARY numbers should be sufficient to
effect the necessary eliminations for most game sizes. Additional SECONDARY
numbers can be added if/as necessary.
No. Tickets 500,000 5,000,000 50,000,000 5,000,000,000
(÷ 30) (÷ 30) (÷ 30) (÷ 30)
Number Range
1-30
PRIMARY No. 16,667 166,667 1,666,667 166,666,667
(÷ 30)
1 575 5,747 57,471 5,747,126
SECONDARY
(÷ 29)
2 21 205 2,053 205,255
SECONDARY
(÷ 28)
3 8 76 7,602
SECONDARY
205336nze Final CAP.doc
(÷ 27)
4 Winners Winners 3 292
SECONDARY
(÷ 26)
Winners 12
SECONDARY
(÷ 25)
6 Winners
SECONDARY
(÷ 24)
EXAMPLE 5
Virtual Racing
A further example of the use of the invention is the use of the gaming system in Virtual
Races involving any racing or competition application in which a number of ‘characters’
or ‘things’ can compete. For example, Virtual Racing involving horses, racing cars,
racing yachts, cycling, or even avatar type races or competitions are examples of events
or competitions that are suitable for a virtual racing application using the gaming system
invention that has been described herein.
Example 5.0 - A Virtual Horse Race (number range 1 to n, where n = 20)
The following describes a virtual horse race. It will be apparent that the horses are
symbols which in fact represent numbers. The techniques here below described with
respect to the horse race could be used to provide a virtual event or could be utilised to
provide any other event where a symbol can be ascribed to a number, including any type
205336nze Final CAP.doc
of competitive race. With modest adjustment of the techniques even “knock out” events
such as a tennis tournament could be presented in virtual form where the tie break
techniques, such as the odd/even approach described above could be used if necessary.
Objective: To develop a high class virtual horse race capable of operating with/through
various mediums such as the internet and iPhone, that can be cross sold in different
states/ countries and which creates for player buy in, suspense and satisfaction with
repeat plays.
Target Operators: The virtual horse race is for a target operator such as the TAB, race
betting agencies, or the horse racing divisions of lottery and gaming operators in the
relevant countries worldwide. The target operators are worldwide and consist largely of
government approved or authorised operators.
Racing to be on different courses: The virtual horse race game is to be raced each week
(possibly more regularly) and is to be preferably set in world recognised venue/s – For
example only:
• Churchill Downs in Louisville, Kentucky which is home of the Kentucky Derby,
• Pimilico Race Course in Baltimore, Maryland which hosts the Preakness Stakes,
• Belmont Park on Long Island which hosts the Belmont Stakes.
• The Royal Ascot in Berkshire, United Kingdom which hosts the Gold Cup.
• The Flemington Racecourse in Melbourne, Australia which hosts the Melbourne
Cup.
• Nakayma Racecourse, Japan which runs the Nakayama Grand Jump.
• The Aintree Racecourse, Liverpool, England which hosts the UK’s Grand
National.
• The Meydan Racecourse in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, which hosts the Dubai
World Cup.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Each horse must have a finishing placement value: Because the gaming system described
herein ranks each horse, each horse must finish the race with its jockey, or alternatively a
horse that goes down or loses its jockey will be deemed to come last. In the event of there
being more than one horse or jockey going down, then the horse and jockey that went the
greatest distance in the race will be placed ahead of the other downed horse/s etc.
In-Game Sponsorship: To create within the virtual race the commercial opportunity to
sell sponsorship and advertorial space e.g. The ‘Citibank’ Stadium, the ‘Budweiser’
Sweepstakes, and the timekeeping opportunity for Omega, TAG Heuer etc.
Number of horses: [20], although the virtual horse race needs to have flexibility to have
more or less horses added or taken away – preferably the maximum number is no more
than 30.
The Horses: The [20] horses are to be named and given character, as are the jockeys.
Capacity for different race profiles: If the virtual horse race game is run weekly and the
race has the same racing profile, then it would quickly lose part of its excitement. So the
race profile of the [20] horses (as opposed to the final placements which are determined
by the ranking system) needs to be random and not able to be picked or easily recognised
by the punters during the running of the virtual races.
Punters entry: During the week, punters consider the race course, and the field of [20]
horses. From the field of [20], they must select in the anticipated order of winning, 6
horses. The selections occur during the week and closes say 1 hour before the running/
broadcasting of the race. Punters may elect some or all of the 6 horses to be chosen
randomly.
Punter’s choice: Each choice by a punter represents 1 unit of weight, which the horse has
to carry around the race track. The horse that is chosen the least therefore has the least
weight to carry and will therefore be the winner and so forth – i.e. the ‘least’ chosen wins,
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the second least chosen gets second, and so forth with the most chosen getting last. The
punters in effect when making their choices of their 6 horses are trying to outthink the
choices of all the other punters.
Encryption - No knowledge of punters choices: Each entry by each punter must be
received (or stored) in an encrypted or secure way so no person has the ability to
determine how many times the horses have been chosen and therefore how much weight
they will each carry. The encryption is only revealed through the outcome of the running
of the race, broadcast ‘live’ on the internet/TV.
Running of the race: The race is to be run/broadcast at a set time each week ‘live’ on the
internet, with the capacity to broadcast it on TV.
Race Duration: Say [2-3] minutes, and preferably with a lead up and post event revealing
of each horse’s weights, prize awards for competitors etc - total all up race matters, say
[10-15] minutes.
Announcement of winning punter’s choices: First [5-10] punters picks announced, and
last place punter also announced.
Example 5.1 – Assumed Game Profile
In this example, to demonstrate how the gaming system can operate in respect of a virtual
horse race involving [20] horses, it is assumed that:
• The game is played weekly, and is played each week by 500,000 punters;
• During the week each punter chooses, in winning order, 6 different horses from a
range of [20] horses and pays a total cost of $10 for his 6 horses;
• The total revenue from each week’s game is $5,000,000;
• The available prize pool is 50% of total revenue;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Total prizes available for payment to the eligible punters are $2,500,000 - of
which 25% ($625,000) is set aside for a SUPER RACE;
• Any horses in the range of [20] horses that might not be chosen by any punter are
ignored;
• Each horse is also given a unique number, being number 1, 2, 3 and so forth, up to
number [20], so that the computer system can recognize each of the 20 horses
competing in the game/race;
• Each choice by a punter of a horse represents 1 unit of weight, which the horse
has to carry around the race track. These units of weight are very small, but heavy,
so they go into a weight saddle (or pack) that does not change in dimension in any
way, so when the virtual race is being broadcast, no punter can tell which horse is
carrying the least or greatest weight.
• The horse that is chosen the least therefore has the least weight to carry and will
therefore become the winner of the race, and so forth – i.e. the ‘least’ chosen
horse wins, the second least chosen horse gets second, and so forth with the most
chosen horse getting last in the race;
• In this example, horse [13] is the horse that is chosen the least by all the 500,000
punters in the game, and therefore carries the least weight and becomes the
winner of the race;
• There are 19,500 punters that have chosen that have chosen horse [13] as the
winning horse;
• Those 19,500 winning punters each receive one bonus entry into the following
weeks race i.e. valued at $10 each ($195,000) and one entry into the SUPER
RACE.
• Ties between any of the 20 horses are ALL resolved – see Example 5.3 below.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• The 19,500 winning punters are subject to further eliminations using the results of
those punters other choices of horses, using the one data set from the 500,000
punters choices of the winning horse.
Punter’s Objective
Pick 6 different horses from a range of [20] horses that are to compete against each other in a
virtual race.
The objective for a punter is to pick 6 different horses, where each horse picked is picked to be
one of the ‘least picked’ contestants in the race, least picked by all the punters in the game. The
‘least picked’ horse will carry the least weight in the race and will, when the virtual race is
broadcast, become the winner of the race. The second least picked horse will carry the second
least weight, and will get second in the race, and so on.
A punter’s objective is to avoid eliminations by correctly picking as his/her first horse choice,
nd rd th
the horse that is to become the winner of the race, and the 2 and 3 and 4 placed horses etc,
and failing by punters to correctly chose a relevant horse placement, then the punter/s with the
next best choice/s ultimately becomes the winner of the game’s major prize.
Example 5.2 – Table 19
Results of Betting on a Virtual Horse Race by 500,000 Punters – One Data Set from the
Winning Horse Selections
BY RANKINGS BY NUMBERS
RANKINGS NUMBER NUMBER RANKINGS
HORSE HORSE
OF OF
OF LEAST TIMES CHOSEN CHOSEN TIMES OF LEAST
PICKED CHOSEN CHOSEN PICKED
st nd
1 19,500 13 1 19,657 2
2 19,657 1 2 27,000 13
205336nze Final CAP.doc
rd th
,560 19 21,974 7
3 3
4 20,988 9 4 25,000 10
th th
21,344 7 5 29,333 19
th th
21,765 14 28,111 16
6 6
th th
7 21,974 3 7 21,344 5
th th
8 22,348 15 8 26,332 11
th th
24,864 20 20,988 4
9 9
th th
25,000 4 10 31,500 20
11 26,332 8 11 27,830 14
th th
12 26,791 16 12 28,369 17
13 27,000 2 13 19,500 1st
th th
14 27,830 11 14 21,765 6
th th
27,983 18 15 22,348 8
th th
28,111 6 26,791 12
16 16
17 28,369 12 17 28,751 18
18 28,751 17 18 27,983 15
th rd
29,333 5 20,560 3
19 19
th th
31,500 10 20 24,864 9
500,000 500,000
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 5.3 - Resolving Ties (as between the horse numbers 1 to 20) within the
Ranking System
While the above Example 5.2, Table 19 does not have any ties, it will be inevitable that
ties will occur where two or more horses within the 20 horses used in this example are
chosen exactly the same number of times by the punters in the game. Multiple numbers
of ties between horses could also occur. In this Example 5 of the game, it is preferable
that all ties are resolved.
While there will be a number of ways to resolve ties, such as by using a random method,
the preferred way to resolve all ties in this Example 5 of the use of the game in a virtual
horse race is to use the unpredictability of the results of all the punters’ choices in the
virtual horse race game itself, by using the resulting ‘odds’ and ‘evens’ that arise for each
of the 20 horses - as set out in the column headed “NUMBER OF TIMES CHOSEN” in
Example 5.2 - Table 19 above (the “Selection Total”).
Referring to Example 5.2 - Table 19, it will be apparent that each of the 20 horses have
been chosen a certain number of times and that this results in either an odd numbered
Selection Total or an even numbered Selection Total, representing the number of times
each of the 20 horses was chosen. Whether a horse to be chosen within the range of 20
horses is going to end up being chosen a number of times that is either an odd or even
Selection Total number is entirely unpredictable, and is a chance result. This chance
result creates a unique method to resolve ties.
In this example, to resolves ties, an even number Selection Total will result in the lowest
face value relevant to a tied horse being ranked ahead of the higher face valued numbered
horse. An odd number Selection Total will operate in reverse. For example if the
following horses (horses 2, 13, 18 and 20) were in a four-way tie with the same Selection
Total number of, for example, 26,333, which is an odd Selection Total number, then the
order of the four tied numbers becomes 20, 18, 13 and 2.
This process or concept is further explained in Figure 3.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 5.4 - The Elimination Processes – to determine the winning punter
The First Elimination: The first elimination process involves reducing the punters in the
game from 500,000 to a much lower number. This occurs by eliminating all punters other
than those punters that chose horse number [13] as their first choice, which is the horse
number that was least picked by all the 500,000 punters in the game, as it was chosen
19,500 times and which won the race – see Example 5.2 - Table 19.
Calculations: With 500,000 punters in the game, divided by the number of horses
available for punters to choose [i.e. 20], results in an average of 25,000 punters per horse.
Some of the [20] horses will be chosen more times, other horses less. In this example, it
is assumed that there are 19,500 punters that have chosen horse [13] as their first horse
choice and which are not eliminated.
The Second Elimination: The second elimination process involves reducing the remaining
19,500 punters from 19,500 to a much lower number. This is done by eliminating from
the remaining 19,500 punters, all punters except those that also chose horse [1] as their
2 horse choice, which is the horse that was the second least picked horse by all the
500,000 punters in the game, as it was chosen 19,657 times and got second in the race –
see Example 5.2 - Table 19.
Calculations: With 19,500 punters remaining in the game, divided by the remaining
number range of 19 (as horse 13 has now gone), results in an average of 1,026 punters per
the remaining 19 horses. Based on the law of averages, some of the remaining 19 horses
will be chosen more times, other horses less. In this example, it is assumed that there are
c. 900 punters that have chosen horse [1] as their 2 horse and which are not eliminated.
The Third Elimination: The third elimination process involves reducing the remaining c.
900 punters from c. 900 to a much lower number. This is done by eliminating from the
remaining c. 900 punters, all punters except those that also chose horse [19] as their 3
205336nze Final CAP.doc
horse choice, which is the horse that was the third least picked by all the 500,000 punters
in the game, as it was chosen 20,560 times and got third in the race – see Example 5.2 -
Table 19.
Calculations: With c. 900 participants remaining in the game, divided by the remaining
number range of 18 (as horses 13 and 1 have both now gone), results in an average of c.
50 punters per the remaining 18 horses. Based on the law of averages, some of the
remaining 18 horses will be chosen more times, other horses less. In this example, it is
assumed that there are c. 40 participants that have chosen horse [19] as their 3 horse and
which are not eliminated.
Further eliminations – The Ranking System: By this time, with c. 40 punters remaining,
those small number of remaining punters can be ranked using their 4 chosen horse, and
th th
and 6 if necessary, to determine the winner/s.
When considering Example 5.6, Table 21 below, the 6 horse choices of the best 10
performing punters are set out in Example 5.5, Table 20 below:
Example 5.5 - Table 20 – Top 10 Punters’ chosen Horses [by reference to the
assigned horse number]
st nd rd th th th
1 2 3 4 5 6
Horse Horse Horse Horse Horse Horse
Choice Choice Choice Choice Choice Choice
13 1 19 14 4 10
Punter
Punter 13 1 19 14 8 9
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Punter 13 1 19 14 8 7
Punter 13 1 19 15 9 3
Punter 13 1 19 4 2 5
Punter 13 1 19 4 11 9
13 1 19 4 11 7
Punter
13 1 19 4 10 7
Punter
Punter 13 1 19 8 9 10
Punter 13 1 19 8 7 9
P.10
Example 5.6 - Table 21 - Determining the winning punter
205336nze Final CAP.doc
No. of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To P.
Punters
500,000
1 Horse
19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,500
(no of 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
times
chosen by
all punters
in game)
2 Horse 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 c. 900
:1 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57
left
3 Horse 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 c. 40
:19 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
left
4 Horse : 21,7 21,7 21,7 22,3 25,0 25,0 25,0 25,0 26,3 26,3 By Rank
9 65 65 65 48 00 00 00 00 32 32
(4 )
Horse : 25,0 26,3 26,3 20,9 27,0 27,8 27,8 31,5 20,9 21,3
7 00 32 32 88 00 30 30 00 88 44
st th th th th
(1 ) (5 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
205336nze Final CAP.doc
6 Horse 31,5 20,9 21,3 21,9 29,3 20,9 21,3 21,3 31,5 20,9
:14 00 88 44 74 33 88 44 44 00 88
nd rd th th
(2 ) (3 ) (6 ) (7 )
Extra … … … … … … … … … …
Horses
if needed
As can be seen from Example 5.6, Table 21 above, Punter P.1 is the sole winner.
Example 5.7 – Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
The Ranking System described in this invention, in particular as referred to in Examples
.2 and 5.3 can be used to rank each punters performance in a game. So in a virtual horse
race game played by 500,000 punters, each punter can be ranked, from 1 place down to
last place. Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, the winner/s can be determined
through this method. However, we believe it is preferable to have a group of winners (or
class of winners) at various determined steps in the virtual horse race game. Accordingly,
we believe it is preferable to also undertake elimination steps as we have described in
Example 5.4 above.
Depending on the number of punters in a virtual horse race game as described in this
Example 5, but assuming a minimum of 500,000 punters, these elimination steps occur,
as we have set out in Example 5.4 above, using firstly the punters choice of the winning
nd rd
horse, and then as relevant the punters choices of their 2 and 3 places and as may be
necessary, the punters 4 place horse choice and so forth, until a ‘sufficiently small’
number of punters remain.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
What constitutes ‘sufficiently small’ may vary for each virtual horse race game profile
and will depend on the number of punters in the game and the number of individual
‘major’ prizes that the gaming organizers want to award to successful punters.
In this Example 5 of the game which is a game with 500,000 punters, we have continued
the elimination processes up to and including the use of the 3 placed horse, after which
there is about 40 punters remaining. Then the computer software ranks in order each of
those last 40 or so remaining punters, ranking their performance against each other, with
reference to the ranking system as set out in Example 5.2, Table 19. We have used the top
10 punters for demonstration purposes, from which we then determine the winner/s of the
major prizes in this example of the game.
If however, during the elimination stages, the use of the 3 placed horse above resulted,
for example, in there being less than the required number of participants for major prizes,
being those participants that had correctly chosen the relevant winning horse number, and
nd rd
then the 2 and 3 placed horses, then the following occurs:
• Those punters, if any, that had correctly chosen the relevant winning horse
nd rd st
number, and then the 2 and 3 placed horses all get major prizes from 1 down
to the relevant placing; and
• The remaining punters that are required for prizes are determined from the prior
group of participants that had correctly chosen the relevant winning horse, and
also the 2 placed horse. The remaining punters required for prizes are
determined by reference to each of those punters other picks of horse placements
rd th th
(i.e. in order each of the punters picks for the 3 , and as necessary, the 4 , 5 , and
6 horse placings which are then ranked by reference to the Ranking System as
contained in Example 5.2, Table 19 and the methods described herein.
• Table 22 below overviews this process in respect of determining the top 10
punters to win the major prizes. The method set out in this table below should be
205336nze Final CAP.doc
sufficient for most virtual horse race game sizes based on the results set out in
Example 5.17, Table 26 – “Backroom Calculations – Eliminations”. It will be
appreciated that the process can be expanded as required, for instance by requiring
the punters to pick the placements of 7 horses, instead of the 6 used in this
example.
Table 22 - Description of Elimination Steps
Steps Horse Placing Description of Elimination Steps
First 1 Placed Horse Firstly, eliminate all punters other than those that chose
the correct winning horse [13]. (“1 Category”)
nd nd st
2 2 Placed Horse Secondly, eliminate all 1 Category punters other than
those that also correctly chose the 2 placed horse [1].
(“2 Category”).
If the number of remaining punters is 10 or less, go to
the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
rd rd nd
3 3 Placed Horse Thirdly, eliminate all 2 Category punters other than
those that also correctly chose the 3 placed horse [19].
(“3 Category”).
If the number of remaining punters is 10 or less, go to
the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th th rd
4 4 Placed Horse Fourthly, eliminate all 3 Category punters other than
those that also correctly chose the 4 placed horse [9].
(“4 Category”).
If the number of remaining punters is 10 or less, go to
the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
th th th
5 Placed Horse Fifthly, eliminate all 4 Category punters other than
those that also correctly chose the 5 placed horse [7].
(“5 Category”).
If the number of remaining punters is 10 or less, go to
the Final Step. Otherwise proceed below.
th th th
6 6 Placed Horse Sixthly, eliminate all 5 Category punters other than
those that also correctly chose the 6 horse placing [14].
(“6 Category”).
If the number of punters is [10] or less, those
Final Step
punters, if any, will be winners of the relevant major
prizes. To determine which punters win which prizes
occurs by ranking those punters using their relevant
choice of horse placing in accordance with the Selection
Total/s and Ranking System of all the horses in the race
(in this example it is 20 horses) to determine those
punters that have the best results/rankings;
and then
If 1 or more punters are still required to make up the
punters required for the major prizes, then using the
group of punters from the preceding stage/s as relevant,
rank those punters using their relevant choice of horse
placement in accordance with the Selection Total/s and
Ranking System of all the horses in the race (in this
example it is 20 horses) to determine those punters that
have the best results/rankings and who are also to
receive some of the major prizes in order to make up the
required [10] major prize winners.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 5.8 - Alteration to ‘Ascribed Ranking Values’ – Same results
Example 5.2, Table 19 above records all the punters’ 6 horse choices from the [20] horses
competing in the race and by doing so is able to ascribe a unique ranking value to each of
the 20 horses. This ascribed ranking value is equal to the number of times that each of the
horses had been chosen by all the 500,000 participants in the game. All the [20] horses
available to be chosen in the game are ascribed a unique ranking value. To illustrate this -
and with reference to Example, Table 19 which ranks all the [20] horses:
• Horse 13 was the least chosen horse, so horse 13 had the least weight to carry
around the race course and was therefore placed first, with a ranking number of
19,500 (being the number of times that horse 13 had been chosen by all the
500,000 punters in the game);
• Horse 1 was the second least chosen horse, so horse 1 had the second least weight
to carry around the race course and was placed second, with a ranking number of
19,657 (being the number of times that horse 1 had been chosen by all the
500,000 punters in the game); and so on as set out in Example 5.2, Table 19.
Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value: Instead of using the ascribed ranking value based
on the number of times that each of the [20] horses had been chosen by all the 500,000
participants in the game, the ascribed ranking value can be changed to equal the actual
rankings or placement number of each of the [20] horses that are to compete in the race.
To illustrate this – and again with reference to Example 5.2, Table 19 which ranks all the
horses, and to Example 5.5, Table 20 which records the chosen numbers of the top 10
punters:
• Horse 13 was the least chosen horse, so horse 13 was placed first with a ranking
number of 19,500 (being the number of times that horse 13 had been chosen by all
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the 500,000 punters in the game). Its ranking value is changed from 19,500 to 1
i.e. a ranking value of 1;
• Horse 1 was the second least chosen horse, so horse 1 was placed second with a
ranking number of 19,657 (being the number of times that horse 1 had been
chosen by all the 500,000 punters in the game). Its ranking value is changed from
19,657 to 2 i.e. a ranking value of 2; and so on as also set out/identified in
Example 5.2, Table 19.
Example 5.9, Table 23 below is the same as Example 5.6, Table 21, but now changed to
show the change to using the ascribed ranking value of 1, 2, 3, etc as described above.
Example 5.9 - Table 23 - Determining the winning punter: Using alteration to
ascribed ranking value
No. of
P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To P.
Punters
500,00
1 Horse
19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,5 19,500
(no of times 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
chosen by
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
all punters
in game)
2 Horse :1 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6 19,6
c. 900
57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57
left
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
205336nze Final CAP.doc
3 Horse 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 20,5 c. 40
:19 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
left
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 Horse : 9 21,7 21,7 21,7 22,3 25,0 25,0 25,0 25,0 26,3 26,3 By
65 65 65 48 00 00 00 00 32 32 Rank
6 6 6 8 10 10 10 10 11 11
(4 )
Horse : 7 26,3 26,3 20,9 27,0 27,8 27,8 31,5 20,9 21,3
,0
00 32 32 88 00 30 30 00 88 44
11 11 4 13 14 14 20 4 5
st th th th th
(1 ) (5 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
6 Horse 31,5 20,9 21,3 21,9 29,3 20,9 21,3 21,3 31,5 20,9
:14 00 88 44 74 33 88 44 44 00 88
4 5 7 19 4 5 5 20 4
nd rd th th
(2 ) (3 ) (6 ) (7 )
Extra … … … … … … … … … …
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Horses
if needed
As can be seen from Example 5.9, Table 23 above, the alteration to the ascribed ranking
values to 1, 2, 3, and so forth makes no change. The punter P.1 is the sole winner.
Example 5.10 - Fallback position - Ties involving winning punters
The above illustrated elimination processes using the six horse choices of the punters
should ensure that the elimination process to determine one sole winner can be fully
completed and no fallback position should ever be necessary.
While this gaming system guarantees a winner, a joint winner is possible but unlikely. In
this example of the game (in order 6/20), once a winner is determined (using the full set
of 6 horse choices from the 20 horses if required), the chances of one or more other
punters having also chosen in order the exact same 6 horses as chosen by the winning
punter is/are remote, as the odds of correctly choosing the 6 horses in order are 1 in
27,907,200 – see Figure 7a.
The odds of:
a double event occurring (two entries that correctly chose the same 6 winning horses) is 1
in 46,828,281 (Calculation: the odds to one x 1.678 – source: Scarne’s New Complete
Guide to Gambling, chapter 2; Published by Simon and Schuster, New York, 1974);
a triple event occurring is 1 in 74,651,760 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 2.675);
a quad event occurring is 1 in 102,475,238 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 3.672); and
a quint event occurring is 1 in 130,326,624 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 4.670).
However, to provide for the situation where the above illustrated elimination processes
does not achieve one sole winner, then if two or more punters remain and can’t be
eliminated or separated, then those tied punters share in proportion as between them the
relevant prize/s.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 5.11 - Table 24 – Exampled Prize Winnings for Weekly Races - Prizes are
50% of the Entry Price
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of $
Factors Number of Ticket Maximum 2.5m
Punters in each Amount of Prize
stage Prizes Pool
500,000 n/a n/a n/a
(÷ 20) 1 Horse 25,000 $10 + Super $250,000 10.0
Draw
(÷ 19) 2 Horse 1,315 $200 + above $265,000 10.6
(÷ 18) 3 Horse 73 $2,000 + $140,000 5.6%
above
(÷ 17) 4 Horse [10] Remaining $20,000 + $200,000 8.0%
participants other above
than sole winner
(÷ 16) 5 Horse Winner $1,000,000 + $1,000,000 40.0%
above
(÷ 15) 6 Horse
205336nze Final CAP.doc
To Last Place $20,000 0.8%
To Super Race $625,000 25.0%
Totals $2,500,000 100%
Example 5.12 - The Odds of Winning in a Weekly Race
In this Example 5, the odds of winning a prize in the weekly virtual horse race – in the
first instance correctly choosing the week’s winning horse – is 1 in 20.
The odds of winning first prize in the weekly race – is equal to the number of
punters/tickets in the week’s race – in this case, it is 1 in 500,000.
Example 5.13 - Incorporation of a “Super Race”
As can be seen from Example 5.11, Table 24 above (last entry), the game includes a
Super Race, which receives an allocation of 25% of the weekly prize fund for prizes in a
latter Super Race that is to be run six monthly.
The Super Race involves the same identical processes of eliminations and winning as
applicable to the weekly race.
The participation by punters in the Super Race is only achieved by:
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Purchasing a ticket in a weekly race; and
• Correctly picking a winning horse (i.e. the 1 place) in a weekly race.
The number of tickets/entries a punter can have in the Super Race is based on how many
times a punter correctly chooses the winning horse in one or more of the weekly races.
Random Allocation of Super Race Horses
The 6 horses allocated for the Super Race are only allocated to those ‘weekly’ punters
that correctly pick the winning horse (1 place) for the relevant week’s race. This
random allocation is to ensure that no punter can stipulate what horses he or she wants to
choose for the Super Race, thereby ensuring the integrity of the Super Race result.
In addition, to further ensure the integrity of the Super Race result, the 6 Super Race
horses allocated to the relevant punters from each week’s lottery are not merged at any
time into any combined set of data until after the last weekly race has been run, and the
data is only merged for the purpose of ‘broadcasting’ the Super Race.
Example 5.14 - Super Race Prizes
The prizes available for the winner of the Super Race will be significantly higher than the
weekly race.
Assume that:
• the Super Race is conducted semi-annually, at the end of a 25 week cycle of
weekly races; and
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• there are 25 weeks of races, with each week’s race having the same participation
and winning profile as described previously; and
• in each of the 25 weeks, $625,000 is set aside from each weekly race – to
accumulate for the Super Race; and
• at the end of 25 weeks, there is $15,625,000 available for Super Race prizes; and
• the process of winning Super Race is the same as for the weekly draws.
Example 5.15 - Table 25 – Exampled Prize Winnings for [the semi-annual] Super
Race
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of
Factors Number of Entry Ticket Maximum
$15.625
Punters in each Amount of
million
stage of Super Prizes
Prize Pool
Race
(at each stage)
,000 maximum n/a n/a n/a
punters per week x
weeks =
625,000
(÷ 20) 1 Horse 31,250 $100 $3,125,000 20.00%
(÷ 19) 2 Horse 1,644 $1,000 + above $1,640,625 10.50%
205336nze Final CAP.doc
(÷ 18) 3 Horse 91 $10,000 + $906,,250 5.80%
above
(÷ 17) 4 Horse [4] Remaining $100,000 + $400,000 2.56%
punters other than above
sole winner
(÷ 16) 5 Horse Winner $23,437,500 + $9,375,000 60.00%
above
(÷ 15) 6 Horse
To Last Place $100,000 0.64%
To costs of $78,125 0.50%
running Super
Race Game/ misc
Totals $15,625,,000 100%
Example 5.16 - The Odds of Winning Super Race
The odds of winning a prize in Super Race is dependent on the number of entries a punter
has in the Super Race – i.e. the number of times a punter enters weekly races and
correctly chooses the winning horse (i.e. 1 place) in each weekly race.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
For a punter that has only one entry into Super Race, the odds of winning the minor prize
in Super Race ($100) is 1 in 20.
The odds of winning Super Race – based on the assumptions set out in this Example 5,
for the punter with only one entry in Super Race – the odds of winning must be no more
than 1 in 625,000.
A punter with 1 entry in Super Race has odds of at least 1 in 20 of winning any prize. The
odds get shorter for each additional entry into Super Race that a punter has. A punter with
entries comprising 10 different winning horse choices has odds of at least 1 in 2 of
winning any prize.
If a punter has 10 entries into Super Race comprising 10 different winning horse choices,
the odds must be no more than 1 in 62,500 of winning the first prize in Super Race.
Example 5.17 – Table 26 - Backroom Calculations - Eliminations
The table below demonstrates that choosing 6 horses should be sufficient to effect the
necessary eliminations for most race sizes, using [20] horses. Additional horses and
choices can be added to the game if/as necessary.
No. Of 500,000 5,000,000 50,000,000 5,000,000,000
Tickets/Punters
Number Range (÷ 20) (÷ 20) (÷ 20) (÷ 20)
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Of Horses
1-20
1 Horse 25,000 250,000 2,500,000 250,000,000
(÷ 20)
2 Horse 1,315 13,157 131,578 13,157,894
(÷ 19)
3 Horse 73 730 7,309 730,994
(÷ 18)
4 Horse 4 42 429 42,999
(÷ 17)
Horse Winners 26 2,687
(÷ 16)
6 Horse Winners 179
(÷ 15)
7 Horse Winners 12
(÷ 14)
Example 5.18 – Other Virtual Racing Applications
As will be obvious to a person skilled in the art, there will be many applications for the
gaming system described in this invention to be used in a Virtual Race type application,
205336nze Final CAP.doc
such as running, cycling, yachting, roller skating, ice skating, jet boating, Formula 1,
NASCAR, spacecraft racing and many others, where participants choose symbols from a
symbol or number range from 1 to n, and a 1 place or winner is to be determined,
nd rd th
together with 2 , 3 , 4 places and so on in respect of some race or competitive event
using the methods described earlier.
Other applications for the gaming system include competitive events such as destruction
type games. For example, war games where participants can choose ‘objects’ or
‘characters’ from a symbol or number range of 1 to n. These objects or characters could
be ships, or tanks, or soldiers, in which the ranking system can be used to determine a
placement or finishing place for each of the 1 to n objects or characters in a competitive
gaming event using the systems described herein.
Another application includes the use of the system in casino type games. For example in
a game designed around cards, where participants are invited to select one or more cards
from a range of n cards, where the winner or winners are determined using the methods
and the ranking system described herein above.
Horse Race Example
Figure 5 shows in storyboard form a game design of a regional or worldwide Virtual
Horse Race game where players pick 6 horses from a range of 20 horses. The storyboard
game design does not determine the winner which is in fact determined by the least, or
most, picked numbers as described above. Thus the storyboard game design is a method
of delivering the results and not a selection method itself.
• Figure 5a shows the front page of a story board for a Virtual Horse Race and may
include items such as the brand name of the lottery, in this case SUPERVIVO.
• Figure 5b shows the pre race set up and refers to results and the draw number. A
background of the race course which will be used to deliver the lottery results is
205336nze Final CAP.doc
also given. At the foot of the figure is shown the sound effects and also the
commencement of possible dialogue between the race callers.
• Figure 5c shows the starting line for the race and shows some horses in the
starting stalls. The actual presentation could show the horses being led into the
starting stalls if desired. The dialogue continues.
• Figure 5d shows the early stages of the Virtual Horse Race. Also shown are the
draw number and the first prize total in the top right hand corner of the figure.
Paid advertising can also be seen along with a time or distance line showing the
position of the horses as they progress towards the finish line. Dialogue of the
callers continues to be shown.
• Figure 5e shows further discussion by the callers of the numbers and the game
mechanics.
• Figure 5f shows further racing and includes further discussion including game
explanations.
• Figure 5g shows the horses approaching the finish of the race and shows the
leading horses in a panel above the horses as well as the horses’ position on the
time or distance line.
• Figure 5h shows the finish line and the winning horses. The winning horses are
shown above the horses as well as on the time or distance line.
• Figure 5i shows a slow motion replay of the winning horse winning the race, in
this example the winning horse is horse 6.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Figure 5j shows the 5 secondary numbers. In particular, the placements of the 2
to 6 horses.
• Figure 5k shows the placements of each of the 20 horses in the race.
• Figure 5l shows the announcement of the winner of the game.
• Figure 5m shows the top 10 winning participants in a regional or worldwide
game, their ticket numbers, their country, and their chosen 6 numbers/horses.
• Figure 5n shows the local country winners of, in this example, the 10 member
countries comprising the exampled regional game.
• Figure 5o shows a control panel for participants in the game to seek further
information in relation to the game, and past games.
Space Race Example
Figure 6 is a storyboard relating to a game design of a regional or worldwide Virtual
Space Race game where players pick 6 space vehicles from a range of 20 space vehicles.
Again the race is a delivery method and does not of itself determine the game’s winner/s.
• Figure 6a shows the front page of a storey board for a Virtual Space Race.
• Figure 6b shows the number/space shuttle selection panel, comprising in this
example, 20 available selection choices.
• Figure 6c shows the number confirmations of a participant’s 6 number selections.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Figure 6d shows the game draw number and the announcer’s introductions. The
draw number and winning prize value are also shown. The commentary is also
commenced.
• Figure 6e shows the space shuttles and the announcer’s profiling of one of the
shuttle drivers.
• Figure 6f shows the starting line of the Virtual Space Race.
• Figure 6g shows lap 2 of the Virtual Space Race. A course is also shown at the
top right hand corner of the figure along with the shuttle positions around the
course.
• Figure 6h shows the inside of a space shuttle cockpit profiled during lap 2 of the
race.
• Figure 6i shows an example of the number/space shuttle eliminations during lap 2
of the race.
• Figure 6j shows space shuttle number 6 winning the space race at the conclusion
of lap 3 – number 6 in this example is the least picked number/space shuttle, as
least picked by all the participants in the game.
• Figure 6k shows the placements of each of the 20 space vehicles in the race.
• Figure 6l shows the top 10 winning participants in a regional or worldwide game,
their ticket numbers, their country, and their chosen 6 numbers/shuttles.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Figure 6m shows the local country winners of, in this example, the 10 member
countries comprising the exampled regional game.
• Figure 6n shows a control panel for participants in the game to seek further
information in relation to the game, and past games.
• Figure 6o shows examples of racetrack themes for a Virtual Space Race.
EXAMPLE 6
Example 6.0 – Application for Regional or Worldwide Game or Lottery
In a further variation of the invention it is possible to provide the system with means to
accommodate differing payout requirements of various countries or regions.
The gaming system’s unique advantages include that each number in the range of
numbers from 1 to n that can be chosen by participants is ascribed a unique and
individual ranking number, or ranking value or placement value.
Consequently, each participant in a game utilizing the gaming system described herein,
including each participant in a regional or worldwide game, can be individually placed in
the game, from first place to last place in respect of the overall game, or in respect of that
participants performance within a subset of participants, such as the placement from first
place to last place among only the participants who entered the game from Country A, or
alternatively, and separately, the placement from first place to last place among only
those participants that entered from Country B, and so on.
These above described features become evident by reference to Examples 3.2, 3.3 and
3.7.
This capability of the invention enables the regional or worldwide game organizers to
identify, from the one set of gaming data from the regional or worldwide game, not only
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the overall winner/s of any regional or worldwide game, but also the local area or local
country winners – to whom a local area or local country prize can be paid.
This provides a means to accommodate differing payout requirements of gaming
operators in various countries or regions (often imposed upon a licensed gaming operator
by their respective government) in a way that is advantageous to the formation and
running of a regional or worldwide game or lottery, as described below.
Example 6.1 - Assumed Game or Lottery Profile with a Region comprising 3
Countries
The assumptions below are provided for illustration purposes and assume that there are
three countries (hereafter referred to as Country A, Country B and Country C) cross
selling a regional game or lottery using the gaming system of the invention.
An example of how Country A, B and C have different requirements relating to the
amount of revenues to be returned to them, and how this difference can be
accommodated through the use of the gaming system described herein and the payment
of the local country prize, is set out in Example 6.2, Table 27 below:
Example 6.2 - Table 27
Allocation to: Country A Country B Country C
Prizes paid by the 45% 45% 45%
regional or worldwide
game or lottery
The Relevant Local 55% 55% 55%
Country Operator
0% 10% 5%
Additional Local
Country Prize
205336nze Final CAP.doc
(Country variable)
Decided and paid by
Relevant Local Country
Operator
Net to the Relevant 55% 45% 50%
Local Country
Operator
In this Example 6, to demonstrate how the regional game/lottery works utilizing the
gaming system and methods described herein, it is assumed that:
• A regional game or lottery is sold by three countries, relevantly Country A,
Country B and Country C;
• The participants purchasing tickets within each of the three countries will each
purchase 6 different numbers in the selected range of say 1-30;
• Each number block of 6 numbers, consists of 1 PRIMARY and 5 SECONDARY
numbers, each of which must be different;
• Each number block is purchased at a total cost of $10;
• The regional lottery is played by 500,000 participants, with:
300,000 participants from Country A; (60%)
150,000 participants from Country B; (30%) and
50,000 participants from Country C. (10%)
• Each participant purchasing tickets within each of the three countries purchases
the minimum of $10 for one number block of 6 different numbers – so there
would be 500,000 PRIMARY numbers picked in total, all in the number range of
1 - 30;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Thus the total revenue from the regional game/lottery is $5,000,000;
• The prize pool payable by the regional game/lottery is set at 45% of total revenue,
• Thus, there being prizes of $2,250,000 to be paid by the regional game/lottery
organizers;
• The amount of revenues to be paid to Countries A, B and C is therefore 55% of
the total revenue, which is a combined total of $2,750,000.
• Country A, Country B and Country C each receive 55% of the sales revenues
attributed to their respective sales achieved within their own country. Relevantly,
in this example:
Country A gets $1,650,000 ($2,750,000 x 60%)
Country B gets $825,000 ($2,750,000 x 30%)
Country C gets $275,000 ($2,750,000 x 10%)
• In this example, there are restrictions on who can receive a local country prize. In
this example the restriction is that the local country prize can only be paid by a
country to a country’s citizen, or resident, or to a person that can prove he/she was
in the country at the time of the ticket’s purchase. Other restrictions are possible.
• Any numbers in the range of 1 - 30 not chosen by any participant are ignored.
• The number 13 is the PRIMARY number that is chosen the least by all the
500,000 participants in the regional or worldwide game or lottery.
• There are 12,000 participants that have chosen 13 as their PRIMARY number.
• Ties between the n numbers in the number range 1 to 30 are ALL resolved using
the methods as earlier set out in Examples 3.3 and 4.3 above.
• Example 6.3, Table 28 below sets out the results of this example regional game or
lottery with 500,000 participants, and shows the number of times each number in
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the 1-30 number range was chosen by all the participants in the regional game or
lottery.
• The 12,000 winners are subjected to further eliminations using the SECONDARY
numbers, which are conducted using the one data set from the 500,000
participant’s choices of the PRIMARY number.
Example 6.3 – Table 28 - Results of 500,000 Participant Regional Game/ Lottery
BY RANKINGS BY NUMBERS
RANKINGS NUMBER NUMBERS NUMBERS NUMBER RANKINGS
OF OF
OF LEAST TIMES CHOSEN CHOSEN TIMES OF LEAST
PICKED CHOSEN CHOSEN PICKED
12,000 13 14,063 8
2 12,002 30 2 19,000 21
3 13,335 21 3 14,400 10
13,775 4 13,775 4
13,999 27 20,789 29
6 14,005 10 6 19,441 25
7 14,010 20 7 18,888 20
8 14,063 1 8 17,650 18
9 14,065 11 9 19,442 26
14,400 3 10 14,005 6
,050 25 14,065 9
11 11
12 15,556 16 12 16,021 16
13 15,900 24 13 12,000 1
14 16,005 29 14 20,543 28
16,008 19 15 19,347 23
205336nze Final CAP.doc
16,021 12 15,556 12
16 16
17 17,000 18 17 21,345 30
18 17,650 8 18 17,000 17
17,775 26 16,008 15
19 19
18,888 7 20 14,010 7
21 19,000 2 21 13,335 3
19,023 28 20,189 27
22 22
23 19,347 15 23 19,374 24
24 19,374 23 24 15,900 13
19,441 6 25 15,050 11
26 19,442 9 26 17,775 19
27 20,189 22 27 13,999 5
28 20,543 14 28 19,023 22
,789 5 16,005 14
29 29
21,345 17 30 12,002 2
500,000 500,000
Example 6.4 - The Elimination Processes
The First Eliminations: The first elimination process involves a computer analysis
reducing the participants in the regional game from 500,000 to a much lower number.
This occurs by eliminating all participants other than those participants that chose
number [13] as their PRIMARY number. The number [13] is the number in this
example that was least picked by all the 500,000 participants in the regional game, as it
was chosen 12,000 times – see Example 6.3, Table 28.
Calculations: With 500,000 participants in the regional game, divided by the number
range of 1 - 30, this results in an average of 16,666 participants per number. Of course,
some numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers less. In this example, it is
assumed that there are 12,000 participants that have chosen [13] as their PRIMARY
number and which, therefore, are not eliminated.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The Second Eliminations: The second elimination process involves a further computer
analysis which reduces the remaining 12,000 participants from 12,000 to a much lower
number by eliminating all participants other than those participants that chose number
as their 1 SECONDARY number. The number [30] is the number that was the
second least picked number by all the 500,000 participants in the regional game, as it
was chosen 12,002 times – see Example 6.3, Table 28.
Calculations: With 12,000 participants remaining in the regional game, divided by the
remaining number range of 29 (as number 13 has now gone from the number range of 1-
30), results in an average of 414 participants per number. Of course, some of the
remaining 29 numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers less. In this example, it
is assumed that there are c. 400 participants that have chosen [30] as their 1
SECONDARY number and which are, therefore, not eliminated.
The Third Eliminations: The third elimination process involves a computer analysis
which reduces the remaining c. 400 participants by eliminating all participants other than
those that chose [21] as their 2 SECONDARY number. The number [21] is the number
that was the third least picked by all the 500,000 participants in the regional game, as it
was chosen 13,335 times – see Example 6.3, Table 28.
Calculations: With c. 400 participants remaining in the regional game, divided by the
remaining number range of 28 (as number 13 and 30 have both now gone from the
number range of 1-30), results in an average of c. 14 participants per number. Of course,
some of the remaining 28 numbers will be chosen more times, other numbers less. In this
example, it is assumed that there are c. 10 participants that have chosen [21] as their 2
SECONDARY number and which are, therefore, not eliminated.
Final eliminations – The Ranking System: With c. 10 participants remaining in this
example, those small number of remaining participants can be ranked using their 3
SECONDARY number, and 4 SECONDARY number if necessary, to determine the
winner/s.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
This above described process is exemplified in Example 6.6, Table 30 that follows,
which focuses on the 10 best performing participants in the regional game/lottery. When
considering Example 6.6, Table 30, the 6 number choices of the best 10 performing
participants (having the best results for the ‘least picked’ PRIMARY number and 5
SECONDARY numbers) are set out in Example 6.5, Table 29 below:
Example 6.5 - Table 29 – Chosen numbers of the Top 10 Participants in Regional
Game/Lottery
st nd rd th th
Participant Primary 1 SEC 2 SEC 3 SEC 4 SEC 5 SEC
Number
P.1 13 30 21 4 20 2
P.2 13 30 21 4 3 11
13 30 21 27 10 20
13 30 21 11 18 20
P.5 13 30 21 11 8 26
P.6 13 30 21 16 25 20
P.7 13 30 21 24 4 10
13 30 21 29 27 4
P.9 13 30 21 19 26 3
P.10 13 30 21 12 2 1
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 6.6 - Table 30 - Determine the winner of the Regional Game or Lottery
(the winning process is shaded, underlined and bolded):
Nos of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Participants P.
From 12,00
PRIMARY
no. 13
Country or C A A B A A A B A A
Region of
participants
Country or Yes No No Yes No No No Yes No No
Region
electing a
local
country or
region
prize
First 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 12,0 c. 400
Secondary 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
left
(no of times
chosen by
participants
in lottery)
2 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 13,3 c. 10
Secondary 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
left
205336nze Final CAP.doc
3 13,7 13,7 13,9 14,0 14,0 15,5 15,9 16,0 16,0 16,0
Secondary 75 75 99 56 00 05 08 21
65 65
nd rd th th th th th
(2 ) (3 ) (6 ) (7 ) (8 ) (9 ) (10
4 14,0 14,4 14,0 17,0 17,6 15,0 13,7 13,9 17,7 19,0
Secondary 10 00 05 00 50 50 75 99 75 00
st th th
(1 ) (4 ) (5 )
19,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 17,7 14,0 14,0 13,7 14,4 14,0
Secondary 00 65 10 10 75 10 05 75 00 63
Extra Nos … … … … … … … … … …
if needed
Determining the Regional winner/s explained
As can be seen from Example 6.6, Table 30 above, participants P.1 and P.2 have each
st nd rd
picked the same number for the primary number and 1 , 2 and 3 SECONDARY
numbers and in each case this is the number least picked. No other player has matched
this. However once the least picked 4 SECONDARY number is considered, participant
P.1 has the least picked number and becomes the winner of the regional game/lottery.
nd th th th
Participant P.2 becomes the 2 placed participant. The 4 , 5 and 6 placed participants,
and so on are determined in a like manner.
P.1 is the sole winner of the regional game/lottery. Further as P.1 is a participant from
Country C which is paying out a local country prize, P.1, in this example, also wins the
local country prize provided P.1 meets the restrictions such as being a citizen or resident
205336nze Final CAP.doc
of Country C, or being able to prove that P.1 was in Country C at the time P.1 purchased
the ticket.
Example 6.7 - Local Country Prizes
The above illustrated Example 6.6, Table 30, utilizing the computer division (by
elimination) and ranking system, also shows the country (relevantly Country A or B or C)
from which the lottery winners came from, and it shows the top 10 ranked participants in
order.
In this Example 6, there are only three countries (Country A and Country B and Country
C) participating in the regional game or lottery, and only Country B and C have elected to
pay a local country prize. In this exampled case, that local country prize is:
% to be paid by Country B of the revenues attributed to Country B (which were
% of all the sales in the regional lottery – relevantly a local country prize of
$150,000)
% to be paid by Country C of the revenues attributed to Country C (which were 10%
of all the sales in the regional lottery – relevantly a local country prize of $25,000)
If Country B and C both elected the local country prize to be paid only to one ticket
holder, being its ‘local country winner’ - then in the above example, the local country
winner for Country B is participant P.4 who gets paid a local country prize of $150,000,
and for Country C it is participant P.1 who gets paid a local country prize of $25,000.
While Example 6.3, Table 30 sets out only the top ten participants overall from the
regional or worldwide game/lottery, it is recognized that not all local country winners
may initially feature in the final results. Because of the computer ranking system, and the
use of the one data set, the winner of each local country prize can also be determined by
the regional gaming or lottery operator and advised to the relevant parties.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
As will be evident from the various examples showing the use of the invention set out
herein, and using the one set of data results determined by the regional or worldwide
game (i.e. relevantly for this Example 6, the one set of data and the ranking system as set
out in Example 6.3, Table 30), the invention using the computer division (by
eliminations) and ranking systems, can be run in respect of the participants for each
nd rd
country so as to identify local country winners and other rankings such as 2 , 3 , and so
forth even down to the last ranked participant from each country.
Further, the invention allows for the regional game or lottery of the present invention, or
the local country winner aspect of the game, or both, to incorporate a worst result prize
e.g. the participant with the PRIMARY number and one or more of the 5 SECONDARY
numbers that had been picked the most by all the participants in the lottery could be
readily identified. That relevant participant with the worst result could be paid a prize for
that worst result.
Figure 4 shows, by way of an example in a series of computer printouts, a method of
processing by a computer the results for a 100,000 participant game, which is relevant to
the example set out in this Examples 6. In particular Figure 4 shows a method by which
the computer processing determines the top 10 in order, from which the winner of a
regional or worldwide game can be determined. Figure 4 also records the relevant
country. The operation of a control panel requiring the relevant country to be inserted
(although not shown) identifies the local country winner. This example set out in Figure 4
can be easily scalable for any size game.
Example 6.8 – Other Applications, including in respect of ‘standard’ LOTTO
As will also be evident to persons skilled in this art, there will be variations on the
methods described above. For example, the use of the invention in respect of ranking and
ordering all the n numbers in the range of numbers from one to n that are available for
selection by participants in a ‘standard’ LOTTO game will also allow for a local country
winner/s prize as exampled in this Example 6, or the identification of the worst result.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
A ‘standard’ LOTTO game as referred to in this Example 6 is one where players pick a
set of numbers, say 6 numbers, from a larger range of n numbers, say from 1-49, the
object being for a participant to match the 6 numbers that will later be drawn from the
larger range of n numbers by the lottery operator. Once the lottery operator conducts the
‘standard’ lottery draw and draws the 6 numbers, the other 43 numbers are of no effect
and have no ranking value.
If such a ranking or ordering system were to be adopted and applied to all numbers that
are available to be chosen in a ‘standard’ LOTTO type game (in this example, a unique
ranking of all the 49 numbers), then this would enable lottery organizations to utilize the
invention and methods described and exampled herein, including in relation to using a
standard LOTTO game in a regional or worldwide lottery cross sold by two or more
lottery operators in which other winners can also be determined, such as a local country
winner/s, or a local country worst result winner.
EXAMPLE 7
Example 7.0 – Virtual Cricket Gaming Event – (number range 1 to n, where n = 18)
This example works on the basis of picking the ‘least picked’ numbers (balls).
This example uses the methods set out elsewhere herein and is believed to have particular
application in the arena of T20 and one day cricket events.
The virtual cricket gaming event described in this example involves a ‘recognized’
batsman facing three overs from one or more ‘recognized’ bowlers (relevantly the
batsman will face 18 balls), and hitting each of the 18 balls as far as the batsman can,
including for six. A ‘virtual eye’ will be incorporated into the game and will provide a
measurement of the distance each ball has been hit, and it could also measure the speed of
each ball.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Participant’s Objective
Participants in the game choose 6 balls from the range of 18 balls. The participants chose
their balls in order of which balls they believe are to be hit the greatest distance. For
example a participant might choose, in order, balls 18, 5, 13, 1, 17 and 8.
The objective for a participant is to pick the ‘least picked’ balls to be bowled at the virtual
batsman, ‘least picked’ by all the participants in the game.
The ‘least picked’ ball will carry the least weight when bowled at the batsman and will,
when the virtual game is broadcast, become the cricket ball that is hit the furthest by the
virtual batsman.
The second ‘least picked’ ball will carry the second least weight, and will become the
cricket ball that is hit the 2 furthest by the virtual batsman, and so on for the other 16
balls.
All 18 balls will be ascribed a unique ranking or placement value based on how many
times each ball was picked by all the participants in the game in the same way as we have
described in other examples referred to herein (e.g. see Example 5.2 Table 19).
A participant’s prime objective is to avoid eliminations by correctly picking as his/her
first cricket ball, the ball that is to become the furthest hit by the virtual batsman, and then
nd rd th
correctly choosing the 2 , 3 and 4 furthest hit balls, or as close as the participant can
get to those results.
There may be no participants that correctly choose in order all six balls most furthest hit.
As set out previously herein the invention provides that the participant with the next ‘best
choice/s’ ultimately becomes the winner of the game’s major prize (e.g. see Example 4.9
participant P.1), The methods described herein insure that a winner can be determined.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Conducting the Game
Tickets in the virtual cricket game are sold over a defined period, usually of short
duration, and are matched to a T20 or one day cricket game. Tickets are sold prior to and
during the relevant cricket game, with ticket sales occurring over the internet, mobile
phones or other forms of mobile/remote entry and with ticket sales being closed at the
commencement of half time of the relevant game.
Ideally the virtual cricket game is then broadcast during the half time break of the
relevant T20 or one day game and prizes are paid to the relevant winners, with one
winner receiving the major prize.
EXAMPLE 8
Example 8.0 – Other variations of Example 7
It will be appreciated that there are numerous variations that could be made to the gaming
event described in Example 7 above. For example, the methods described in the virtual
cricket gaming event could be adapted for application in virtual games of:
• Baseball (longest hitting/ home runs)
• American Football (yards gained or thrown)
• Golf (longest drives)
• Olympic Sports such as the shot put, discuss or javelin (longest throws)
EXAMPLE 9
205336nze Final CAP.doc
This example expands on the existing ranking process of the above games where the least
or alternatively most picked symbol/s or number/s are determinative of what participant/s
win/s the game.
This Example 9 sets out a further application of the invention that requires this to be done
6 times on a single game sheet.
Each of the 6 ‘rounds’ will run as one of a series of games, which together comprise the
whole game. The winner(s) will be those that picked the least picked, or alternatively,
most picked symbols or numbers in all 6 rounds overall, or in some other variation where
the results can be used to determine one or more winners consistent with the methods
described herein above.
Various prize options could be available for winners of 1 or more rounds, and the overall
winner or winners.
Figure 9 contains an example of two player entry cards, the entry card identified under
Table A is in respect of a participant that has selected number 17 in each of the six rounds
of games. Table B is in respect of a participant that has selected different numbers in each
of the six rounds of games.
EXAMPLE 10
Casino Card Game
A further example of the use of our gaming system invention is the use of it in casino
type games. For example, in a computer game involving cards.
Example 10.0 - A Card Game (number range 1 to n, where n = 14)
The following describes a use of the gaming system in a casino card game. It will be
apparent that the cards carry or are symbols, which in fact represent numbers. As will be
apparent to a person skilled in the art, the techniques described in this example could be
used to provide other casino type games using symbols and/or numbers on media other
than cards.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Figure 10a shows a simple world map with a game server (50) at a selected location.
Linked to the server (50) are a number of hubs (51). These hubs represent casino or
gaming operators. In Figure 10a 13 hubs are shown but of course this number can be any
suitable chosen number. From each hub (51) depend a number of gaming terminals (52).
In the drawing each hub is shown with two to four gaming terminals but of course in
reality the number of gaming terminals (52) would be far greater, perhaps hundreds or
more.
Figure 10b shows the arrangement of Figure 10a in more detail, and in for example a
casino operation. A national operation is shown in New Zealand with two casinos. Each
casino has a number of gaming terminals (52) feeding back to a hub (51). The hubs are
linked via the internet to hubs (51) and gaming engines (52) in other countries which can
be located in any secure location.
Figure 10c shows a possible promotional poster for a casino card game using the
methods of the invention. The aim is to select cards least selected by other players and
will be described further hereinafter in this Example 10.
Example 10.1 – Assumed Card Game Profile
In this example, to demonstrate how the gaming system can operate in respect of a casino
card game involving [14] cards, it is assumed that:
• The card game is called “Diamond Cut”;
• The card game is played by way of a number of first phase games, and one second
phase game (the Super Card Game);
• Entry into the Super Card Game can only be attained by correctly choosing the
winning (first ranked) card in a first phase game;
• The first phase games are played a number of times a day, we assume 10 times
per day;
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• The Super Card Game is played every third day - after 30 first phase card games,
although it could be played more or less frequently;
• Each player enters through a first phase card game by choosing, in anticipated
winning order, 6 different cards from a range of [14] diamond cards (including a
Joker) and pays a total cost of $10 for his/her entry;
• The [14] diamond cards in order of 1-14 are: A ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ;
8 ; 9 ; 10 ; J ; Q ; K ; and the Joker.
• On average, 1,000 players enter each first phase card game of “Diamond Cut”;
• Any cards in the range of [14] cards that are not be chosen by any player are
ignored;
• Each of the [14] cards is also given a unique number, being number 1, 2, 3 and so
forth, up to number [14], so that the computer system can easily recognize each of
the [14] cards in the game;
• The card that is chosen the least is to be the first placed/ranked card in a ranking
list comprising the [14] cards, the second least chosen card will be the second
placed/ranked card, and so forth with the most chosen card placed/ranked last in
the ranking list;
• In this example, the 11 card (J ) is the card that is chosen the least by all the
1,000 players in the card game as their first choice card, and therefore is the first
placed/ranked card in the ranking list of the 14 cards;
• There are 59 players that have chosen card J as their first choice card on the
basis that it will be the least picked, and which is the least picked first choice card
by all the 1,000 players in the game;
• Those 59 winning players who all correctly chose the first placed/ranked card (i.e.
the least picked, being the J ) each receive one entry into the Super Card Game
205336nze Final CAP.doc
– one Super Card Game entry comprising an entry with 6 different cards
randomly chosen from the [14] available card choices.
• Ties in the ranking list between any of the [14] cards are ALL resolved – see
Example 10.3 below.
• The 59 winning players are then subject to further eliminations using, as
necessary, the players other choices of cards and comparing some or all of those
choices against the ranking list of some or all of the 14 cards so that a winner/s
is/are determined.
• The Super Card Game is played in an identical fashion to the first phase games.
• Revenues: The total revenue from each first phase card game is $10,000 ($10 x
1,000 entries);
• Guaranteed Prizes: The ‘guaranteed’ available prize pool over all games (first
phase and the associated Super Game) is 40% of total revenues. Total
‘guaranteed’ prizes available from each first phase card game is therefore $4,000
– from which half ($2,000) is set aside to accumulate for the ‘guaranteed’ prizes
in the Super Card Game. The balance of $2,000 is paid out to the winning players
of the relevant first phase game;
• Extra Prizes – Super Game Only: In addition to the ‘guaranteed’ prizes available
in the Super Card Game, additional extra prizes will be paid to players in the
Super Game that have on their entries, in order, the first 4 ranked cards ($50,000),
and/or 5 cards ($500,000), and/or 6 cards ($5,000,000) in the Super Game – see
Example 10.14.
• The cost of these extra prizes is a cost borne by the gaming operator. This is
calculated at 9.25% of ALL revenues and has been calculated by reference to the
estimated cost of obtaining third party insurance, using a rate of 2 times the
insured risk – see Example 10.14.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Player’s Objective
Pick 6 different cards from a range of [14] cards, where each card picked is picked to be one of
the ‘least picked’ cards picked by all the players in the relevant first phase game.
The ‘least picked’ first choice card will be placed or ranked first in the ranking list of the [14]
cards. The second least picked first choice card will be ranked second, and so on.
A player’s objective is at least twofold:
Firstly: to avoid initial elimination in a first phase game by correctly picking as his/her first
card choice, the card that is to become ranked 1 – thereby winning a monetary prize and
gaining entry into the Super Card Game (which has big ‘guaranteed’ prizes that will be won,
and even bigger extra prizes that may be won), and remaining eligible to continue in the first
phase game and compete for its first prize;
Secondly: to avoid further eliminations in the first phase game by correctly picking as his/her;
• second card choice, the card that is to become ranked 2 , and
• third card choice, the card that is to become ranked 3 , and so on.
Any failing by players to correctly chose a relevant card placement is of no effect in respect of
determining the winner as the player/s with the next best choice/s ultimately becomes the
winner of the first phase game’s major prize.
Entry into the Card Game
Entry into the card game when players are in a casino offering “Diamond Cut” can be through a
gaming machine, internal kiosk, or ATM or POS machine located within the casino.
Additionally this game is suitable for offerings by internet gaming operators, where players can
enter by computer over the internet, or by mobile phones and/or devices such as iPhones, iPads
and androids.
Example 10.2 – Table 31 - Results of a First Phase Card Game played by 1,000 Players –
205336nze Final CAP.doc
One Data Set from the First Card Selections
BY RANKINGS BY CARDS
RANKINGS NUMBER NUMBER RANKINGS
CARD CARD
OF OF
OF LEAST TIMES CHOSEN CHOSEN TIMES OF LEAST
PICKED CHOSEN CHOSEN PICKED
st rd
1 59 J A 63 3
nd th
2 61 K 2 81 13
rd th
3 63 A 3 71 7
th th
4 65 9 4 76 10
th th
67 7 5 80 12
th th
6 68 73 8
Joker 6
th th
7 71 3 7 67 5
th th
8 73 6 8 77 11
th th
9 74 65 4
1 0 9
th th
76 4 10 74 9
th st
11 77 8 J 59 1
th th
12 80 5 Q 85 14
th nd
13 81 61 2
2 K
205336nze Final CAP.doc
th th
14 85 68 6
Q Joker
1,000 1,000
Example 10.3 - Resolving Ties (between the 14 cards) within the Ranking System
While the above Example 10.2, Table 31 does not have any ties, it will be inevitable that
ties will occur where two or more cards within the 14 cards used in this example are
chosen exactly the same number of times by the players in the game. Multiple numbers of
ties between cards could also occur. In this Example 10 of the game, it is preferable that
all ties are resolved.
While there will be a number of ways to resolve ties, such as by using a random method,
the preferred way to resolve all ties is to use the unpredictability of the results of all the
players’ choices in the card game itself, by using the resulting ‘odds’ and ‘evens’ that
arise for each of the 14 cards - as set out in the column headed “NUMBER OF TIMES
CHOSEN” in Example 10.2 - Table 31 above (the “Selection Total”).
Referring to Example 10.2 - Table 31, it will be apparent that each of the 14 cards have
been chosen a certain number of times and that this results in either an odd numbered
Selection Total or an even numbered Selection Total, representing the number of times
each of the 14 cards was chosen. Whether a card to be chosen within the range of 14
cards is going to end up being chosen a number of times that is either an odd or even
Selection Total number is entirely unpredictable, and is a chance result. This chance
result creates a unique method to resolve ties that arise in this exampled card game.
In this example, to resolves ties, an even number Selection Total will result in the lowest
face value relevant to a tied card being ranked ahead of the higher face value numbered
card. An odd number Selection Total will operate in reverse. For example if the following
205336nze Final CAP.doc
cards (cards 2 , 10 , Q and the Joker) were in a four-way tie with the same
Selection Total number of, for example, 71, which is an odd Selection Total number, then
the order of the four tied numbers becomes the Joker, Q , 10 and 2 .
This process or concept is further explained in Figure 3.
Example 10.4 - The Elimination Processes – to determine the winning player of a
First Phase Game
The First Elimination: The first elimination process involves reducing the players in the
game from 1,000 to a much lower number. This occurs by eliminating all players other
than those players that chose card J as their first card choice, which is the card that was
least picked by all the 1,000 players in the game, as it was chosen 59 times and became
ranked first – see Example 10.2 - Table 31.
Calculations: With 1,000 players in the first phase card game, divided by the number of
cards available for players to choose [i.e. 14], results in an average of approximately 71
players per card. Some of the [14] cards will be chosen more times, other cards less. In
this example, it is assumed that there are 59 players that have chosen card J as their
first card choice and which are therefore not eliminated. These players continue to the
second elimination.
The Second Elimination: The second elimination process involves reducing the remaining
59 players from 59 to a much lower number. This is done by eliminating from the
remaining 59 players, all players except those that also chose card K as their 2 card
choice, which is the card that was the second least picked card by all the 1,000 players in
the game, as it was chosen 61 times and got a ranking of 2 place – see Example 10.2 -
Table 31.
Calculations: With 59 players remaining in the card game, divided by the remaining
number range of 13 (as card J has now gone), results in an ‘expected’ average of
approximately 4½ players per the remaining 13 cards. In this example, it is assumed that
205336nze Final CAP.doc
there are 5 players from within the group of 59 remaining players that have chosen card
K as their 2 card and which are therefore not eliminated. These five players continue
to the next elimination step.
Note: In the calculations above, we have assumed 5 players remain non-eliminated
following the second round of eliminations, which is a number pool that is greater than
the ‘expected’ average of 4½. This is to recognise that from the second eliminations
onwards, it is possible to have a remaining pool of non-eliminated players that is greater
than the ‘expected’ average, and it is possible that the remaining non-eliminated pool is
much greater than the ‘expected’ average. (This applies to our other examples as well). In
this Example 10, this can occur in the event that the non-eliminated players remaining
after the first elimination phase (in this example 59 players) also substantially or mostly
all also picked as their second card choice, the card that was the second least picked card
and which was ranked 2 in the ranking list of the 14 cards.
However, this eventuality is extremely unlikely to ultimately affect the ability of the
“Diamond Cut’ card game to identify a single winner, as the odds of correctly choosing 6
different cards from a range of 14 cards is 1 in 2,162,160 – see Figure 7a.
Further, the odds against there being multiple winners, is greater than this. The odds of:
a double event (two entries that correctly chose the same 6 winning cards) is 1 in
3,628,105 (Calculation: the odds to one x 1.678 – source: Scarne’s New Complete Guide
to Gambling, chapter 2, published by Simon and Schuster, New York, 1974.;
a triple event is 1 in 5,783,778 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 2.675);
a quad event is 1 in 7,939,452 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 3.672); and
a quint event is 1 in 10,097,287 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 4.670).
Further eliminations – The Ranking System: By this time in this example with about 5
players remaining, those small number of remaining players can be ranked using their 3
th th th
chosen card, and 4 , 5 and 6 if necessary, to determine the winner/s.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
When considering Example 10.6, Table 33 below, the 6 card choices of the best 10
performing players are set out in Example 10.5, Table 32 below. We have set out the Top
, as this is consistent with our prior examples and, as previously described, the
invention can rank every entry in a game using the methods described herein.
Example 10.5 - Table 32 – Top 10 Players’ chosen Cards [by reference to the
assigned card symbol]
st nd rd th th th
1 2 3 4 5 6
Card Card Card Card Card Card
Choice Choice Choice Choice Choice Choice
Player J K 9 Q 2 5
Player J K Joker A 9 7
Player J K 4 A Q 2
Player J K 2 Joker 9 8
Player J K Q A Joker 9
Player J A K 9 6 5
Player J A K Joker 2 5
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Player J A K Joker Q 9
Player J A 2 K 3 9
Player J 9 Joker K Q 7
P.10
Example 10.6 - Table 33 - Determining the winning “Diamond Cut” player – (and
the Top 10)
No. of P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Players P.
(all ranked
1,000
from 1 to
1,000 )
1 Ranked
Card : J
59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59
(no of times
chosen by
all players
in game)
2 Chosen 61 61 61 61 61 63 63 63 63 65 c. 5
Card
(10 ) left
205336nze Final CAP.doc
3 Chosen 65 68 76 81 85 61 61 61 81 68 By
Card
Rank
st nd rd th th th
(1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (9 )
4 Chosen n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 65 68 68 n/a n/a
Card
(6 )
Chosen n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 81 85 n/a n/a
Card
th th
(7 ) (8 )
6 Chosen n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Card
Extra Cards … … … … … … … … … …
can be
added into
the game if
needed.
As can be seen from Example 10.6, Table 33 above, Player P.1 is the sole winner.
Example 10.7 – Use of Eliminations and/or the Ranking System
The Ranking System described in this invention, in particular as referred to in Examples
.2 and 10.3 can be used to rank each players performance. So in this example of a card
205336nze Final CAP.doc
game played by 1,000 players, each player can be ranked, from 1 place down to last
place – i.e. 1,000 place. Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, the winner/s can be
determined through this method. However, we believe it is preferable to have a group of
winners (or class of winners) at various determined steps. Accordingly, we believe it is
preferable to also undertake elimination steps as we have described in Example 10.4
above.
Depending on the number of players in a “Diamond Cut” card game as described in this
Example 10, and assuming a repeating pool of 1,000 players, these elimination steps
occur, as we have set out in Example 10.4 above, using firstly whether or not the players
have correctly chosen the winning (first ranked) card, eliminating those that haven’t, and
nd rd
then as relevant using the remaining non-eliminated players choices of their 2 and 3
cards and as may be necessary, the players 4 card choice and so forth, until a
‘sufficiently small’ number of players remain.
What constitutes ‘sufficiently small’ may vary for each card game profile and will depend
on the number of players in the game and the number of individual ‘major’ prizes that the
gaming organizers want to award to successful players. For example, major prizes could
be awarded to the Top 10 players.
In this Example 10 of the card game, which is a game with 1,000 players, we have
continued the elimination processes up to and including the use of the 2 card choice,
after which there are 5 players remaining that have both the first and second ranked (least
picked) cards. Then the computer software ranks in order each of those last 5 players to
determine the winner/s, ranking their performance against each other, with reference to
the ranking system as set out in Example 10.2, Table 31. We have identified the Top 10
players for demonstration purposes only.
The winner/s of the major prizes in this example of the game could be just the sole
nd rd
winner P.1, or there could be additional prizes awarded to 2 and 3 places, or some
other mixture as determined by the gaming operator. As we have previously stated, the
205336nze Final CAP.doc
gaming system can rank all participants in a game. So, for example, additional prizes
th th th
could be awarded for set places, such as 8 , 88 , and/or 888 , and/or last place.
Example 10.8 - Alteration to ‘Ascribed Ranking Values’ – Same results
Example 10.2, Table 31 above records all the players’ first card choices from the [14]
available cards and by doing so is able to ascribe a unique ranking value to each of the 14
cards. This ascribed ranking value is equal to the number of times that each of the 14
cards had been chosen by all the 1,000 players in the game as their first card choice. All
the [14] cards available to be chosen in the game are ascribed a unique ranking value. To
illustrate this - and with reference to Example 10.2, Table 31 which ranks all the [14]
cards:
• Card J was the least chosen first card choice, so was therefore ranked first, with
a ranking number of 59 (being the number of times that card J had been chosen
by all the 1,000 players in the game);
• Card K was the second least chosen first card choice, so was therefore ranked
second, with a ranking number of 61 (being the number of times that card K
had been chosen by all the 1,000 players in the game); and so on as set out in
Example 10.2, Table 31.
Alteration to Ascribed Ranking Value: Instead of using the ascribed ranking value based
on the number of times that each of the [14] cards had been chosen by all the 1,000
players in the game as their first card choice, the ascribed ranking value can be changed
to equal the actual rankings or placement number of each of the [14] cards. To illustrate
this – and again with reference to Example 10.2, Table 31 which ranks all the cards, and
to Example 10.5, Table 32 which records the chosen cards of the top 10 players:
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• Card J was the least chosen first card choice, so was therefore ranked first, with
a ranking number of 59 (being the number of times that card J had been chosen
by all the 1,000 players in the game). Its ranking value is changed from 59 to 1
i.e. a ranking value of 1;
• Card K was the second least chosen first card choice, so was therefore ranked
second, with a ranking number of 61 (being the number of times that card K
had been chosen by all the 1,000 players in the game). Its ranking value is
changed from 61 to 2 i.e. a ranking value of 2, and so on as set out in Example
10.2, Table 31.
Example 10.9, Table 34 below is the same as Example 10.6, Table 33, but now changed
to show the change to using the ascribed ranking value of 1, 2, 3, etc as described above.
Example 10.9 - Table 34 - Determining the winning “Diamond Cut” player - Using
alteration to ascribed ranking value
No. of
P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4 P.5 P.6 P.7 P.8 P.9 P.10 ...To
Players P.
(all ranked 1,000
from 1 to
1,000 )
1 Ranked
Card : J
59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59
(no of times
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
chosen by
all players
205336nze Final CAP.doc
in game)
2 Chosen 61 61 61 61 61 63 63 63 63 65 c. 5
Card
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 left
(10 )
3 Chosen 65 68 76 81 85 61 61 61 81 68 By
Card Rank
4 6 10 13 14 2 2 2 13 6
st nd rd th th th
(1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (9 )
4 Chosen n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 65 68 68 n/a n/a
Card
4 6 6
(6 )
Chosen n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 81 85 n/a n/a
Card
13 14
th th
(7 ) (8 )
6 Chosen n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Card
Extra Cards … … … … … … … … … …
can be
205336nze Final CAP.doc
added into
the game if
needed.
As can be seen from Example 10.9, Table 34 above, the alteration to the ascribed
ranking values to 1, 2, 3, and so forth makes no change. The “Diamond Cut” player (P.1)
is the sole winner.
Figure 11 shows, by way of an example in a series of computer printouts, a method of
processing by a computer the results for a 1,000 participant card game which is relevant
to this Example 10. In particular Figure 11 shows the computer processing method to
determine the top 10 in order, from which the winner can be determined, together with
nd th
2 place down to 10 as relevant – see Figure 11h. This example set out in Figure 11
can be easily scalable for any size game.
In Figures 11a to 11i the game using the 14 cards of Example 10 are matched with
numbers 1-14. Each number represents a corresponding card.
Each player is presumed to have picked 6 cards (numbers). Figure 11a shows ticket
numbers in column 60 and in columns 61 the selected numbers, in order, for each ticket
are displayed. It is assumed that this is a game being played in a casino. The casino
identity is displayed in column 62 along with a geographic location in column 63. Table
64 replaces the 14 numbers by the equivalent card and indicates the correspondence
between card and number and the number of hits (picks) each card received in the game
as a players’ first choice card. In table 65 the cards have been re-ordered into a ranking
list with the least hit (picked) card ranked first. Any ties are resolved as described herein
and a final list displayed in table 66. In this example no ties needed to be resolved.
In Figure 11b it is noted that card 4 was the least chosen and 58 participants chose that
card. This is shown in table 66. Attention then passes to the second chosen card, being
number 2, there being four persons who chose 4 as the first card and 2 as the second.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Attention will then move to the third card and if necessary fourth card chosen and so on
until a winner or small number of winners are found.
Table 67 tabulates these results and adds the city of the participant.
Figure 11c repeats table 66 and adds the corresponding table for the second card at 68.
Table 69 in Figure 11d relates to the third card.
Figure 11e repeats this for the fourth card in table 70. Figure 11f adds the fifth card in
table 71, and table 72 for the sixth card in Figure 11g.
st nd
Tables 69 to 72 are blank as no player in this example had correctly chosen: the 1 , 2
rd st nd rd th st nd rd th th
and 3 cards (table 69); the 1 , 2 , 3 and 4 cards (table 70); the 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 and 5
st nd rd th th th
cards (table 71); the 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 and 6 cards (table 72).
Table 66 in Figure 11h repeats previous table 66 but also shows the card corresponding
to each number up to the sixth least picked number. Table 74 shows the top ten winning
tickets and table 75 shows the final result with cards replacing numbers.
Figure 11i shows “special results” which can be determined by the ranking list
previously formed. Thus sub winners are selected for geographic areas such as Auckland
and Queenstown. Of course other sub groups could be selected such as a casino or a
gaming machine in a casino.
Figures 12a to 12d show similar games but where the cards of Figure 11 are replaced by
horses, dogs, cars and speedboats respectively.
Example 10.10 - Fallback position - Ties involving winning players
The above illustrated elimination processes using the six card choices of the players
should ensure that the elimination process to determine one sole winner can be fully
completed and no fallback position should ever be necessary.
While this gaming system guarantees a winner, a joint winner is possible but unlikely. In
this example of the card game “Diamond Cut”, once a winner is determined (using the
205336nze Final CAP.doc
full set of 6 card choices from the 14 cards if required), the chances of one or more other
players having also chosen in order the exact same 6 cards as chosen by the winning
player is/are remote, as the odds of correctly choosing the 6 cards in order are 1 in
2,162,160 – see Figure 7a.
The odds of:
a double event occurring (two entries that correctly chose the same 6 winning cards) is 1
in 3,628,105 (Calculation: the odds to one x 1.678 – source: Scarne’s New Complete
Guide to Gambling, chapter 2; Published by Simon and Schuster, New York, 1974);
a triple event occurring is 1 in 5,783,778 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 2.675);
a quad event occurring is 1 in 7,939,452 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 3.672); and
a quint event occurring is 1 in 10,097,287 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 4.670).
However, to provide for the situation where the above illustrated elimination processes
does not achieve one sole winner, then if two or more players remain and can’t be
eliminated or separated using their six chosen cards, then those tied winning players share
in proportion as between them the relevant prize/s.
Example 10.11 - Table 35 – Exampled Prize Winnings for First Phase “Diamond
Cut” Card Games with 1,000 entries of $10 each
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of
Number of Maximum $4,000
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Factors Players in each Ticket Amount of Prize
stage Prizes Pool
(Tickets cost
$10 per
entry)
1,000 n/a n/a n/a
(÷ 14) 1 Card 71 $10 + Super $710 17.75%
Game Entry
(÷ 13) 2 Card 5 $40 + above $240 6.00%
(÷ 12) 3 Card Winner $1,000 + $1,000 25.00%
above
(÷ 11) 4 Card
(÷ 10) 5 Card
(÷ 9) 6 Card
To Last Place $50 1.25%
To Super Game $2,000 50.0%
Totals $4,000 100%
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Example 10.12 - The Odds of Winning in a First Phase “Diamond Cut” Card Game
In this Example 10, the odds of winning a prize in a first phase “Diamond Cut” game – in
the first instance correctly choosing the winning (first ranked) card – is 1 in 14.
The odds of winning first prize in the first phase game – is equal to the number of
players/tickets in the game – in this case, it is 1 in 1,000.
Example 10.13 - Incorporation of a “Super Game”
As can be seen from Example 10.11, Table 35 above (last entry), the game includes a
Super Card Game, which receives an allocation of funds from each first phase game’s
prize fund for prizes in a later Super Card Game that is to be run following a series of
first phase games, for example, every third day, following the completion of 30 first
phase “Diamond Cut” card games.
The Super Card Game involves the same identical processes of eliminations and winning
as applicable to a first phase card game/s.
The participation by players in the Super Card Game is only achieved by:
• Purchasing a ticket in a first phase card game; and
• Correctly picking the winning card (i.e. the 1 ranked card) in a first phase
game.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The number of tickets/entries a player can have in the Super Card Game is based on how
many times a player correctly chooses the winning (first ranked) card in one or more of
the first phase games.
Random Allocation of the 6 Cards for the Super Game
The 6 cards allocated to each successful player for the Super Card Game are randomly
allocated to those ‘first phase’ players that correctly pick the winning (1 ranked) card for
the relevant first phase card game. This random allocation is to ensure that no player can
stipulate what cards he or she wants to choose for the Super Card Game, thereby ensuring
the integrity of the Super Card Game result.
Preferably the entry ticket into a first phase game has a random entry generated on it for
the Super Card Game, which only becomes ‘live’ in the event that the first phase game
entry correctly chooses the winning (first ranked) card in the first phase game.
In addition, to further ensure the integrity of the Super Card Game result and its delivery,
the relevant 6 Super Game cards allocated to the relevant players from each first phase
game are preferably not merged at any time into any combined set of data by the gaming
operator until after the last first phase card game has been played, and the results of the
Super Game are to be determined.
Example 10.14 - Super Card Game Prizes
The prizes available for the winner of the Super Card Game will be significantly higher
than any first phase game.
Assume that:
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• The Super Card Game is conducted every third day, at the end of a cycle of 30
first phase games.
• There are 30 first phase card games, with each game having the same
participation of 1,000 players, entry cost of $10, and a winning profile as
described previously.
• In each of the 30 first phase card games, $2,000 is set aside – to accumulate for
the Super Card Game prizes.
• The process of winning the Super Game is the same as for the first phase games.
• Guaranteed Prizes: at the end of the 30 first phase games, there is $60,000
available as a ‘guaranteed’ prize pool for Super Game prizes.
• Extra Prizes: The following extra prizes may also be won in each play of a Super
Card Game:
Event Odds (1 in …) Extra Prize Amount
see Figure 7a
First 4 Cards in order 1 in 24,024 $50,000
First 5 Cards in order 1 in 240,240 $500,000
First 6 Cards in order 1 in 2,162,160 $5,000,000
• Cost to the Gaming Operator of Extra Prizes: The cost to the gaming operator of
providing the three extra prizes as set out above, is calculated by us at 9.25% of
ALL revenues from each relevant first phase game. It is a cost to the gaming
205336nze Final CAP.doc
operator. We have calculated this cost based on a third party insurer requiring a
premium of 2x the insured risk. (Alternatively this could be self insured by the
gaming operator). This calculation is set out in the table below:
Event Ins Amt Total Odds Ins Cost Adjust Ins Cost as a
Premium per each cost per % of each
(1 in …)
Entry in ALL $10 entry
(2x ins
Super entries fee
amt)
Game
(1/14 )
4 in order $50,000 $100,000 24,024 $4.1625 $0.2973 2.973%
in order $500,000 $1,000,000 240,240 $4.1625 $0.2973 2.973%
6 in order $5,000,000 $10,000,000 2,162,160 $4.6250 $0.3304 3.304%
Total 9.250%
Example 10.15 - Table 36 – Exampled Prize Winnings for Super Game –
‘guaranteed’ prize pool only.
Elimination Maximum Prizes per Total % of
Factors Number of Entry Ticket Maximum
$75,000
Players in each Amount of
Prize
stage of Super Prizes
Pool
Game
(at each stage)
71 maximum n/a n/a n/a
205336nze Final CAP.doc
players per week
x 30 weeks =
2,130
(÷ 14) 1 Card $100 $15,000 25.0%
(÷ 13) 2 Card 12 $1,000 + $12,000 20.0%
above
(÷ 12) 3 Card Winner $30,000 + $30,000 50.00%
above
(÷ 11) 4 Card
(÷ 10) 5 Card
(÷ 9) 6 Card
To Last Place $1,500 2.5%
To costs of $1,500 2.5%
running Super
Game/ misc
Totals $60,000 100%
Example 10.16 - The Odds of Winning the Super Card Game
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The odds of winning a prize in a Super Card Game of “Diamond Cut” is dependent on
the number of entries a player has in the Super Game – i.e. the number of times a player
enters a first phase game and correctly chooses the winning card (i.e. 1 ranked card) in
the relevant first phase game.
For a player that has only one entry into Super Game, the odds of winning a minor prize
in Super Game ($100) is 1 in 14.
The odds of winning the ‘guaranteed’ first prize in a Super Card Game (for the player
with only one entry in Super Game and based on the assumptions set out in this Example
), must be no more than 1 in 2,130.
A player with 1 entry in a Super Card Game has odds of at least 1 in 14 of winning a
prize. The odds get shorter for each additional entry into Super Game that a player has. A
player with 14 entries in the Super Game, comprising 14 different winning card choices
(i.e the player has the field covered in his 14 first card choices) has odds of at least 1 in 1
of winning a prize, so is certain of winning at least the $100 prize.
Again based on the assumptions set out in this Example 10, the same player with 14
entries into the Super Card Game comprising 14 different winning (first ranked) card
choices, has odds of no more than about 1 in c. 150 of winning the ‘guaranteed’ first prize
in the Super Card Game.
In addition, the odds for an entry in Super Draw of winning the extra prizes are: First 4
cards in order are odds of 1 in 24,024; first 5 cards in order are odds of 1 in 240,240; and
first 6 cards in order are odds of 1 in 2,162,160 – see Figure 7a.
Example 10.17 – Cross Sold Regional/Area Card Game
205336nze Final CAP.doc
It will be apparent to a person skilled in the art that the casino card game exampled in this
Example 10 can be adapted for a card game to be offered and cross sold by a number of
participating casinos from different areas and/or countries, using methods similar to those
disclosed in Example 6. In addition, Figure 10a and 10b examples this.
This will have the advantage of significantly increasing the size of the player pool, the
size of the guaranteed prizes, and potentially the size of the extra prizes offered in the
Super Card Game.
As set out in Example 6, an advantage of our gaming system invention includes that in
such a card game, an overall winner (and overall last place if desired) of the card game
can be determined and separately, local area/casino winners (and local area/casino last
places if desired) can also be determined.
Example 10.18 – Variations to the Card Game
This example sets out a method to use the gaming system invention in a card game
involving first phase games played each time by a pool of 1,000 players, followed by a
Super Game for successful players.
As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art, there will be many variations able to
be made to the exampled card game using the methods relating to this invention.
For example, the exampled card game could be amended so that a ‘single player’ could
play an instant first phase card game against a computer that uses a random generation of
a set number (say 1,000) of other player/house entries (in place of other live players),
followed by a Super Game for those successful players (including from the house) that
played the first phase game using the instant method.
One of the benefits of altering the card game in this way would be that the entry or ticket
price could be reduced for the ‘single player’, although there would need to be a
reduction to the exampled prizes as set out previously in this Example 10.
Example 10.19 – Table 37 - Backroom Calculations - Eliminations
205336nze Final CAP.doc
The table below demonstrates that choosing 6 cards should be sufficient to effect the
necessary eliminations for most “Diamond Cut” card game sizes, using a range of [14]
cards, even if cross sold by a number of casinos. Additional cards and choices can be
added to the game if/as necessary.
No. Of 10,000 100,000 1,000,000 10,000,000
Tickets/Players
Number Range (÷ 14) (÷ 14) (÷ 14) (÷ 14)
Of Cards
1-14
1 Card 714 7,140 71,400 714,000
(÷ 14)
2 Card 55 550 5.500 55,000
(÷ 13)
3 Card 5 50 500 5,000
(÷ 12)
4 Card 5 45 450
Winners
(÷ 11)
Card 5 45
Winners
(÷ 10)
6 Card Winners 5
205336nze Final CAP.doc
(÷ 9)
7 Card Winners
(÷ 8)
EXAMPLE 11
WHAT ARE THE APPROPIATE RANGES OF n SYMBOLS or n NUMBERS
The invention can be played using a range of 1 to n symbols or numbers from which each
participant makes their one or more symbol or number choices. In Examples 1 and 2, this
range of n numbers is 1-100,000, from which participants pick 10 different numbers.
In Examples 3, 4 and 6, this range of n numbers is 1-30, from which participants pick 6
different numbers. In Example 5 (the virtual horse race example), the range of n numbers
is 1-20 (being horses numbered 1-20); from which participants pick 6 different horses by
picking their relevant number. In Example 10 (the card game), the range of n
numbers/symbols is 1-14 (being cards Ace of Diamonds to King of Diamonds and the
Joker); from which participants pick 6 different cards.
The appropriate range of n symbols or n numbers, and the number of picks that a
participant is required to make on an entry has to be determined by the gaming operator
to meet the relevant game’s operating profile, in particular it must be determined with
consideration given to the number of participants that may enter the game.
As will be apparent to anyone skilled in the art, if a very small number of n symbols or n
numbers was chosen in respect of a game that was to involve a very large number of
participants, then the object of the game may not be achieved in that the small number of
n symbols or n numbers and number of participants would result in a large number of ties
and a large number of joint winners. It would be unlikely that a single winner would
emerge from such a game.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
To illustrate this point, if a game was formulated with the range of n numbers being 1-7,
and the number of picks to be made by each participant from the range of n numbers was
picks each (in correct order), then the number of possible number combinations is 2,520
– see Figure 7a. Then, if the number of participants/entries in the game was 1,000,000,
this would result in an average of approximately 396 participants for each possible
number combination (each entry). Generally this would make a game as described above
commercially impractical unless the promoter of the game wished a large number of
winners for some purpose. For ease we have assumed that a participant = one entry ticket.
If the number of participants in a game is expected to be c. 1,000,000, then for our
invention, the most practical range of n symbols or n numbers and the number of picks to
be made by each participant would be a combination that results in a number of possible
number combinations (by reference to Figure 7a) that exceeds the 1,000,000 participants.
By having the number of possible number combinations exceeding the expected number
of 1,000,000 participants/entries, there is a greater chance that a single winner will
emerge from the game (as opposed to 2 or 3 joint winners that would have to share first
prize).
We believe that the most practical factor by which the number of possible number
combinations needs to exceed the number of expected participants/entries to allow for a
single winner and to meet the other requirements of games using our invention, is by a
factor of at least 5.
Referring to Figure 7a, using 1,000,000 participants as the number of entries into each
game, and using the factor of 5 as the minimum buffer for a game using our invention, an
example of a suitable minimum range of n symbols or n numbers and the minimum
number of picks to be made on each entry would be:
• n Number Range Pool (1-24) and 5 numbers to be picked in order – results in
5,100,480 possible number combinations.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• n Number Range Pool (1-16) and 6 numbers to be picked in order – results in
,765,760 possible number combinations.
• n Number Range Pool (1-13) and 7 numbers to be picked in order – results in
8,648,640 possible number combinations.
To illustrate this point further, and referring to Example 5 - which involves the virtual
horse race for 20 horses – being an n number range of 1-20 with participants being
required to pick 6 numbers (horses) in order from that 1-20 number range (in order 6/20).
The number of possible number combinations is therefore 27,907,200 – see Figure 7a.
The odds of:
a double event occurring (two entries that correctly chose the same 6 winning horses) is 1
in 46,828,281 (Calculation: the odds to one x 1.678 – source: Scarne’s New Complete
Guide to Gambling, chapter 2; Published by Simon and Schuster, New York, 1974);
a triple event occurring is 1 in 74,651,760 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 2.675);
a quad event occurring is 1 in 102,475,238 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 3.672); and
a quint event occurring is 1 in 130,326,624 - (Calculation: the odds to one x 4.670).
Using 1,000,000 as being the consistent number of entries into each play of the above
exampled game (in order 6/20), then a joint winner is only likely to occur on average
once every 46 games – the calculation being 1 in 46,828,281 ÷ 1,000,000 entries. And if
there were 5,000,000 consistent entries into each play, then a joint winner is likely to
occur on average once in every 9 or so games - the calculation being 1 in 46,828,281 ÷
5,000,000 entries.
However, if the number of players increased to say 10,000,000, then a joint winner is
likely to occur on average once every 4-5 games – the calculation being 1 in 46,828,281
÷ 10,000,000 entries. In this event, the gaming operator could make a change to the
parameters of the above game if the operator wished to reduce the incidences of joint
winners. For example, the operator could just increase the n numbers to, say, 1-22, which
205336nze Final CAP.doc
would result in the number of possible number combinations increasing from 27,907,200
to 53,721,360, and the incidences of joint winners would then only occur once every 9 or
so games – (calc. 53,721,360 × 1.678 ÷ 10,000,000).
Alternatively, the operator could require that the participants pick in order 7 numbers
from 20, which would result in the number of possible number combinations increasing
from 27,907,200 to 390,700,800 – see Figure 7a. This change would make it virtually
certain that a sole winner would always eventuate. Using 10,000,000 as being the
consistent number of entries into each play of an adjusted game (in order 7/20), then a
joint winner is only likely to occur on average once every 65 or so games – the
calculation being 1 in 390,700,800 × 1.678 ÷ 10,000,000 entries.
Number combinations of about 30-50 times the expected number of participants, or even
greater, could be used, without affecting the ability of the gaming system to determine a
winner. In a practical sense, the greater the number of number combinations to
participants/entries, reduces the chances of there being two or more joint winners, has no
affect on being able to determine a winner of the first prize from each game, and makes a
sole winner virtually certain.
VARIATIONS
Some of the examples show a single transaction engine and a single gaming or lottery
engine. Although it is possible to combine both processes in a single computer we prefer
not to do this as it might compromise security. It is possible to have a number of separate
transaction engines feeding data to a common gaming or lottery engine. For example a
single high value game may be run with contestants able to enter by a variety of routes at
the same time.
Further, the transaction engine and the gaming engine described above can be duplicated
and held and controlled by an independent party in order for that party to be able to
simultaneously receive gaming data, to independently determine for itself the gaming
results, and then to check the gaming results of the gaming operator against its own
205336nze Final CAP.doc
determinations, and to produce an independent audit report of this. The game may be run
in combination with other promotions, and may include spot prizes. For example spot
prizes could be awarded to each ten-thousandth entrant, or for the participant’s place in
the queue. As an example, a spot prize might be awarded for the participant number
9999, or participant 88,888 (to reflect the Chinese preference for the lucky number 8) or
some other group of numbers, reflecting the ethnic mix of the participants, or the
promoters desire to encourage rapid participation in the game – in which case an entry by
email would be time stamped, as would an entry by telephone or ATM, each time
stamped entry would be forwarded to the gaming or lottery engine and processed in turn
based on each entry’s time stamp. Each time stamp should also show the identity of the
originating transaction engine so that when a winning entry (and any other runner up
entries) is/are determined at the close of the game, the gaming or lottery engine can
communicate with the relevant transaction engine to identify the winner(s).
In the claims we refer to “the participants are invited to select at least one number” but
the participants need not enter the number themselves, as one option is for participants to
allow the system to use a random number generator to select the number/s from a defined
range of n numbers, for participants.
It will be appreciated that the parameters of the game can be varied in many different
ways, for example the potential pool of numbers 1 to n may be varied depending on the
potential population having access to the game – and we have address issues relating to
this in Example 11. Numbers to be selected by participants could be in the form of
number equivalents such as represented by a ‘character’ or thing, with the computer
program recognising the relevant selected ‘character’ and treating it in the same ways as
set out in the examples. An example is the use of the gaming system in virtual racing,
such as horse racing where the selections could be made on a horse’s name, as opposed to
a number.
Furthermore, it will be clear that there are many variations to the above alternatives,
including: changes could be made to the game as set out in Examples 3, 4 and 6 which
205336nze Final CAP.doc
have participants selecting 1 PRIMARY number and 5 SECONDARY numbers. For
example:
• the game could be altered so that there could be two or more PRIMARY numbers
to be selected in order to increase the chances of a participant having a winning
selection;
• changes could be made to the above exampled block of numbers comprising six
numbers, to comprise a greater or lesser amount of numbers;
• changes could be made to whether or not the order in which participants choose
their numbers was or was not important;
• changes could be made to allow for different ticket pricings. Examples 3, 4 and 6
assume a ticket price of $10 for each pick of 1 PRIMARY number and 5
SECONDARY numbers. In order to allow for ticket prices of say $2, a change
could be made to Examples 3, 4 and 6 whereby for those participants who want to
play but only want to spend $2, then those participants have to pick one additional
number from a separate qualifying number range of 1-5. These $2 entry
participants purchase 1 PRIMARY number and 5 SECONDARY numbers for the
cost of $2 but their entries only then qualify for prizes in the main game provided
that they first correctly pick the winning number in that additional qualifying
number range of 1-5. Consistent with the methods set out herein, the winning
number in that additional qualifying number range of 1-5 will be the number that
is least picked by those $2 entry participants.
• Changes could be made to the Super Game examples set out in Examples 3, 4 and
6 and the Super Race example set out in Example 5. A change could be made so
that each week all the funds accumulated in the Super Game or Super Race
account were able to be won in a weekly game or race. These funds would only be
able to be won in the event that a participant or punter in a weekly game had
correctly chosen, in order, all 6 numbers (or in the case of Example 5, correctly
chosen in order all 6 horses).
205336nze Final CAP.doc
• The game need not have a monetary prize but could be used as a promotional tool
to choose the winner or winners of a prize such as a car, stereo, or other item.
Alternatively, the gaming system and methods set out or referred to herein could
be used in games that have no entry fee and no monetary prizes (or money
equivalent) such as the successful game known as ‘Farmville’ that is played by
participants on Facebook.
Optional preliminary eliminations:
Referring to Example 5, to accommodate those participants that may have difficulty in
paying the entry fee of, say $10, an entry could be purchased for, say, $3. This cheaper
entry could be subject to a preliminary elimination round. This could be achieved by
requiring the purchaser of the cheaper $3 entry to pick a further symbol, such as to pick a
number from 1 to 4, or a colour, or other symbol from a set of 4 colours or symbols.
Entries which select the preliminary number or symbol least selected from the range of 4
choices would progress to the main part of the game where their chosen six horses would
take a full part in the remainder of the virtual horse race game as above described in
Example 5. So a $3 entry could participate as a full $10 entry provided that it survived
the preliminary elimination round.
A game using this preliminary elimination can be described as a game involving the
participants picking from two sets of symbols, one or more symbols from each set.
An example of such a game involving the participants picking from two sets of symbols
is one where participants are required to pick one ‘r’ number from a set of 4 numbers in
the range of 1-4, and to separately pick six ‘r’ numbers from a set of 20 numbers in the
range of 1-20. This example is relevant to the $3 entry and the preliminary eliminations
described above.
Substantial Additional Prize – Insurance or self insurance
The invention includes the ability for the gaming operator to offer, at a relatively
affordable cost to the participants and to the gaming operator, a ‘substantial additional
prize’ in Super Draw (i.e. a game the entry to which is achieved by winning a prize in a
205336nze Final CAP.doc
first or preliminary game) that ‘may’ be won, in addition to the prizes on offer in Super
Draw that the gaming system guarantees ‘will’ be won.
For example, using the example set out in Example 5 – the Virtual Horse Race involving
a participant selecting in order 6 horses from a field of 20 horses. This ‘substantial
additional prize’ can be set in reference to the winner of Super Draw correctly choosing
in order the 6 winning symbols (horses) in the Super Draw/Race, in which case the
‘substantial additional prize’ will then become payable. The odds against a participant
correctly choosing in order the 6 winning horses are 1 in 27,907,200 – see Figure 7a. To
illustrate this advantage, the cost to insure a ‘substantial additional prize’ of, say $50
million - calculated on a per entry into Super Draw basis (with the original entry costing a
participant $10) is an insurance premium of c. 2 times the risk. A premium of 2 times the
risk means that the insurer wants to receive $100 million in premiums from the sale of
27,907,200 entries (paid as entries are sold) in exchange for insuring the event for $50
million. In other words the insurer charging a premium of 2 times the risk expects that on
average the insured amount of $50 million would go off once every 27,907,200 entries.
The insurance premium cost for the gaming operator would therefore be approximately
$3.58 per entry, or 35.8% of an original $10 entry fee. At $3.58 per entry x 27,907,200
entries = $100 million (rounded). This insurance is expensive and would in most cases be
cost prohibitive. Self insurance can in one sense reduce the ‘insurance cost’ provided
events transpire in accordance with expected probabilities, but exposes the gaming
operator to greater risk in the event that the promised event occurs earlier than planned
for, and/or more frequently than expected. However, an advantage for the gaming
operator and the participants when using this method of this invention as above described
and offering such a ‘substantial additional prize’ of $50 million to be paid as an
additional prize if an entry correctly chose in order the 6 winning horses, paid by
insurance, is that the $3.58 insurance cost applicable to each entry that makes the Super
Draw, can be ‘spread’ against all the entries in all the first phase games, as each of those
entries would have been made on the basis of attempting to gain entry into Super Draw
and thereby to gain access to the ‘substantial additional prize’ of $50 million. The cost of
providing this ‘substantial additional prize’ would then be no more than $0.1792 per
entry, (and even less if self insured) being an amount easily absorbed within the costs of
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the overall game. So while the cost to cover any ‘substantial additional prize’ of $50
million on a per entry in Super Draw basis would be of itself high ($3.58, or 35.8% of the
relevant entry fee), when spread over all the participants in the first phase games, that
cost becomes low ($0.18, or 1.8% spread over each entry fee), which is calculated on the
basis that a maximum of 5% of all entries can become eligible for Super Draw).
Finally various other alterations or modifications may be made to the foregoing without
departing from the scope of this invention.
ADVANTAGES
Numerous Entry Methods, including by Remote Entry: One of the advantages of this
gaming system is that it can be operated through numerous entry methods. For example,
via a message sent in many ways, including by mail, by fax, by email, by SMS or WAP,
or by logging into a server on the internet, or by entry through a machine such as a
gaming machine, kiosk, lottery terminal, ATM or POS machine, or through a registration
process, or via telephone. In either of these cases the participants may have purchased a
number of potential entries in advance, or pre-registered and established a credit balance
with the operator, or may wish to pay by credit card, or some other rapid payment system.
Low Cost and Convenience: The preferred embodiments of this invention making use of
remote entry such as by telephone or email or SMS, enable a gaming or lottery system to
be run at low cost, as it does not need to have established a wide network of resellers with
physical premises such as convenience stores, or to issue pre-printed tickets or receipts
(although simple printed receipts are possible as in the ATM or POS examples), as the
entry and the billing process can be handled for example through participant’s telephone
accounts or the participant’s accounts with the gaming operator. The cost of entry can be
debited to a participant’s telephone account, or the cost can be debited to a participant’s
gaming account in circumstances where participant’s have pre-registered and/or have
built up a credit with the gaming operator. This reduces the barrier to entry to a gaming
event, particularly where the event may be televised, as participants may respond directly
to a television advertisement, by entering the competition using their home telephone,
mobile phone or email. In some cases users may have, for convenience, chosen a
205336nze Final CAP.doc
particular set of numbers which they have stored on their mobile phone or computer, and
which they use each time they enter a new game which further favours remote entry.
Easy to Notify Winners: By using the caller’s telephone number, credit card, email
address, mobile phone number etc., (from the mode of entry) as the participant’s
identification, the incidence of unclaimed prizes should be reduced. Further, it is also
possible for the organiser or promoter of the gaming event to quickly contact the winner
once a winning number has been revealed by the lottery engine.
Integrity of the Winning Result: It is also an advantage of the preferred embodiments of
this invention that the final winning numbers of the gaming event/s, in fact all placements
in the gaming event from first to last, arise from the interaction of the participants
themselves and are a consequence of the participants’ own choices of the numbers
selected by them when entering the event. Of course a large number of participants will
for convenience reasons elect to have their numbers randomly generated, but this is the
choice given to a participant and is a process that can be of the highest integrity with the
random number generator subject to checking by the licensing bodies. This is an
advantage because the final winning numbers, and, in fact all placements, are not
externally arrived at by a selection process that could be the subject of fraud or
interference or built in bias – e.g. the subsequent selection of numbered balls in LOTTO
“after the ticket sales have closed”, which decide the winner, BUT where one or more
balls, or any other subsequent selection process, may be tampered with. The integrity of
the winning results of this invention can be seen by reference to the processes set out in
Figures 1, 4 and 11. These processes provide that the ticket entries, the chosen numbers
relevant to those entries, and the resulting computer storing and subsequent processing of
them after closure of entries into the game can be established to enable an audit trail of
the highest standards of all entries, all chosen numbers and the subsequent processing of
all results. This independent audit process can be done immediately after each game or
even years later. We believe this will significantly reduce, if not eliminate entirely, the
chance of fraud affecting the winning result.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Advantages of the Transaction Engine: The transaction engine operates as a data storage
device of the relevant game’s raw data only, and has locking features where the
participants’ number choices cannot be accessed. During the time period when entries are
being accepted into the game, the transaction engine only allows the gaming operator to
know limited information such as how many entries have been made, the entry fees paid,
and where those entries are from. This feature is an advantage as it further enhances the
integrity of the game and the winning results.
Advantages of Gaming Engine: In addition the gaming engine itself can be rendered
substantially tamperproof, as participants will not be able to gain direct access to the
gaming engine, as their entries will be received by an interface device (i.e. the transaction
engine) which once having accepted the entry will then terminate the call (or contact)
with the participant, and only AFTER the entries into the game have closed, then does the
interface device (or transaction engine) forward the participant’s entry, ID and other data
to the gaming engine for processing. By this means the outcome of the game will be
truly operator independent and thus risk of interference, or bias on the part of the operator
can be minimised if not completely removed, making the gaming engine free of bias or
distortion that might otherwise be introduced by one or more of the operators of the
system.
Advantages of involvement of Independent Auditing Party: Further, as set out in Figure 2,
the preferred embodiments of this invention involve the use of an independent party that
can simultaneously and independently receive raw gaming data and, following the
closure of the relevant game, check and verify the integrity of the winning results as
determined by the gaming operator using duplicate gaming software. This involvement of
an independent party is only able to be implemented as a consequence of the elimination
and ranking system as set out herein and as exampled in Figure 4 (a-k) and Figure 11
(a-i). We believe this process involving an independent party independently being able to
run its own processes and duplicating the game results outside of the activities or
influence of the gaming operator by the methods described, is unique to this invention.
For comparison, and using a LOTTO draw as an example, an independent party could not
set up a duplicate LOTTO ball jumbler in its premises and conduct a simultaneous draw
205336nze Final CAP.doc
that results in the same winning numbers being drawn in order as that of the LOTTO
operator when conducting its draw. This ability to involve an independent auditing party
in the manner described is of significant advantage and it enhances the integrity of the
results of games using our invention. On the basis that the independent party itself
operates at all times as independent, then we believe the involvement of an independent
party as we have described will further reduce the risk of fraud affecting the winning
result to a negligible level, if not eliminate the risk of fraud entirely.
All Selected Numbers of Participant’s can be Ranked: An advantage of the invention, as
can be seen from all the examples above, is that each number picked by each participant
(in this case each of the 10 numbers when considering Examples 1 and 2, and each of the
6 numbers when considering Examples 3 to 10) are ascribed a ranking value, which is
then used in determining the performance of each participant against all the participants
in the gaming event. Participants are able to see and review the results of their own
choices, against the choices of all others.
All n numbers can be ranked: An advantage of the invention, as can be seen from all the
examples above, is that each number in the selected number range, from one to n, ends up
with a placement or ranking value e.g. as can be seen in Example 1 at 1.3 and 1.4;
Example 2 at 2.3 and 2.4; Example 3 at 3.2; Example 4 at 4.2; Example 5 at 5.2; Example
6 at 6.3; and Example 10 at 10.2. Of particular advantage when used in gaming events
similar to those as set out in Examples 3 to 10, where participants select one or more
symbols or numbers from a defined range of symbols or numbers, for example between
one and n, where n = 30, or where n is another ‘smallish’ number such as between 10 to
100, is that each n number in the defined number range can end up with a unique
placement or ranking value, as set out in Examples 3.3, 4.3, 5.3, 10.3 and Figures 3 and
8, and as also set out and its use demonstrated in Figures 4 and 11.
Gaming System Guarantees a Winner: A further advantage of the invention, when the
gaming system is used as set out in all the examples, is that the gaming system can
undertake eliminations and at relevant stages, separate participants that are tied. It does
this by utilising one or more of the symbols or numbers chosen by the participants, which
205336nze Final CAP.doc
are ranked in accordance with the ranking system of the n symbols or n numbers. Further,
each of the participant’s performances can be ranked against each other, resulting in the
invention being able to always determine a winner of the first prize, or winners that share
first prize, for each gaming event using the system. LOTTO can’t guarantee a first
division winner, whether that be a single first division winner or two or more winners that
share the first prize. Our gaming system can, and it can do so irrespective of the number
choices made by the participants in the gaming event. The only circumstances where the
gaming system of this invention cannot determine a single winner of the first prize is
where the winning chosen ‘r’ numbers (as defined in Figure 7) have been identically
chosen by two or more participants, who then share the first prize, although they could be
separated by other means such as time of entry.
Gaming System Identifies All Places in a Gaming Event: A further advantage of the
invention is that the gaming system can be used in determining the performance of each
participant in the gaming event, from 1 place down to last place, which gives great
flexibility to gaming operators as described in the examples above. The only
circumstances where the gaming system of this invention cannot separate the
performance or placements of all the participants is where there are situations where there
are two or more participants that have identically chosen their ‘r’ numbers (as defined in
Figure 7) who then share the relevant placement, for example there could be two
participants tied on 99 place, although they could be separated by other means such as
the time of entry.
Gaming System can be structured to be significantly certain that a single winner will
always occur: In contrast to LOTTO type games, games using this invention guarantee a
winner and the greater the odds against winning, then the greater the odds of there being
just a single winner. This is the opposite to a game like LOTTO. Figure 7a and Figure
7c sets out the odds of picking ‘r’ numbers in order (Figure 7a) or in any order (Figure
7b). Referring to Figure 7a: The odds of correctly picking in order six ‘r’ numbers from
st th
a range of 1-20 n numbers that become ranked 1 to 6 in the ranking list of the n
numbers as we have described herein - are odds of 1 in 27,907,200. But despite these
odds, the gaming system of this invention always guarantees a winner or winners. The
205336nze Final CAP.doc
chances against there being two or more winners that correctly pick the first six ranked n
numbers in any game using our invention can be further extended so that it becomes
significantly certain that there will always be only a single winner of the first prize. For
example, the odds can be extended by increasing the number of ‘r’ numbers that are
required to be picked. For example if the ‘r’ numbers were changed from picking 6 r
numbers to now picking 7 r numbers and the range of n numbers from which to pick
remained constant at 20, then the odds would increase from 1 in 27,900,200 to 1 in
390,700,800 - but this would have no effect on the ability of games using our invention to
select a winner. In summary, increasing the odds as we have described makes it
significantly certain that there is always only a single winner. This is another commercial
advantage of our invention. This process is further explained in Example 11.
Gaming System can Accelerate Outcome: An advantage of the invention when used as set
out in Examples 1 and 2, where participants select one or more numbers from a defined
range of numbers, for example between one and n, where n = 100,000, or where n is
another large number such as 1,000,000, is that the gaming system allows for the
acceleration, by one or more steps, of the game down to a winner. This allows a gaming
event that uses a large n number to be run on a regular basis, to set times. This advantage
also applies to Examples 3 to 10.
Gaming System can be used in a Two Phase Game – TV Show: A further advantage is
that the gaming system can be used in a two phase game as described in Examples 1 and
3. Further, the gaming system used in a two phase game also allows in the second phase
for the creation of a TV Game Show around a predetermined number of remaining
participants, which can allow the gaming event to create a second phase TV Game Show
with excitement and suspense, during which the final winner is then determined.
Gaming System can be used in a series of phase one games leading to a Super Draw
game in phase two: A further advantage is that the gaming system can be used in a game
comprising at least two phases as described in Examples 4, 5 and 10 - involving a Super
Draw. The first phase can involve one or more games from which selected entries obtain
entry into the second phase of the game, which can be described as a Super Draw. The
205336nze Final CAP.doc
preferred method is that the only way an entry can be obtained into the Super Draw is by
successfully becoming one of the selected entries from a phase one game. Preferably the
selected entries comprise a small number of entries from the first phase such as 5% to
% of the entries in each phase one game. The advantages for participants’ in a game
involving this method of use of the invention is that those participants that obtain entry
into the Super Draw have great odds of winning substantial prizes. This is because there
would be only a small number of all participants playing in Super Draw for the ‘Super
Draw Prizes’. Also the gaming system described herein can guarantee for those small
number of participants, a winner or winners of the Super Draw prizes.
Gaming System can be used in a series of phase one games leading to a Super Draw
game in phase two allowing for the offer of a ‘substantial additional prize’: A further
advantage of the invention is that the invention includes the ability for the gaming
operator to offer, at a relatively affordable cost to the participants and to the gaming
operator, a ‘substantial additional prize’ in Super Draw that ‘may’ be won, in addition to
the prizes on offer in Super Draw that the gaming system guarantees ‘will’ be won as
described hereinbefore.
Gaming System can be used in Virtual Racing Games: A further advantage of the
invention, which arises from each of the n numbers being ascribed a unique ranking value
or placement, is that the gaming system can be used in virtual racing games – an example
of which is the Virtual Horse Race involving 20 horses as set out in Example 5.
Gaming System can be used in Virtual Sporting or Competition Events: A further
advantage of the invention, which also arises from each of the n numbers being ascribed a
unique ranking value or placement, is that the gaming system can be used in virtual
sporting or competition events – an example of which is the Virtual Cricket Game as set
out in Example 7, or the applications of the gaming system in respect of Baseball,
American Football, Golf, race events and others as identified in Example 8.
Advantages for use in a Regional or Worldwide Lottery over LOTTO: The lottery system
of this invention has an advantage when used for example in a regional or worldwide
lottery compared with the standard ‘LOTTO’ type lotteries. This advantage is that each of
205336nze Final CAP.doc
the numbers in a selected range of numbers, from one to n, which are available to be
chosen by participants in a regional or worldwide lottery, according to this lottery system,
will have a unique ranking or a unique placement value which can be used to rank the
performance of all participants in the regional or worldwide lottery, or which can be used
to rank the performance of only those participants from a certain class, such as a Country,
or even to rank the worst performance/s, including last place. A further advantage of the
invention when used in a regional or worldwide lottery is the ability to use an
independent party to independently and simultaneously receive a copy of the raw data
and, following the closure of entries, to then independently verify the winning results as
determined by the gaming operator of games using this invention.
Great Flexibility: This advantage of the lottery system of this invention is of use because
it allows the regional or worldwide lottery to identify regional winners or country winners
or class winners as well as the overall winners of the regional or worldwide lottery. This
provides great flexibility to lottery operators. Once each n number in the standard
‘LOTTO’ type lottery has obtained a ranking or a placement value, then similar methods
as described above could be adopted to rank the performance of all participants in such a
lottery, thereby, like the invention using a lottery system herein described, a local country
winner determined from within the results of the regional or worldwide lottery can be
determined, or even the worst result can be identified. This enables each lottery operator
participating in a regional or worldwide lottery to make individual decisions on the level
of prize payouts to their players by allowing for a local country prize for their citizens, as
described earlier in Example 6 above.
Adaption for standard LOTTO: Furthermore, this invention can be adapted for a standard
‘LOTTO’ type lottery that may be sold by a lottery operator, or that may be cross sold as
a regional or worldwide lottery so that each of the numbers from the range of selected
numbers, from one to n, that are available for choosing by participants, can obtain a
unique ranking or placement value which could be used to rank the performance of all
participants in such a lottery. For example, this could be done by drawing all the n
numbers that were available to be chosen and ascribing them an order of draw number, or
205336nze Final CAP.doc
alternatively computer recording the number of times each number was chosen by all the
participants in the lottery, and using the resulting data to rank each number as previously
described in Example 6.8.
Advantages in Presenting Results: Furthermore the use of ranking or placement values of
the n numbers in determining the winner can simplify the presentation of results to
participants, including in any regional or worldwide lottery. For example, the data in
Example 3.2, Table 5, could be made available for participants’ review, or adapted as
may be necessary for publication. Further, it can enhance the participants’ views on the
integrity of the result, as the results are a consequence of the interaction of the
participants’ own choices and are a computer derived and analyzed result which by its
very nature will (or can) be subject to audit and checking, which reduces the chance for
fraud.
205336nze Final CAP.doc
Claims (18)
1. A ranking engine for a computerised lottery, which lottery has at least a first prize and which allows the promoter of the lottery to guarantee a winner or joint winners of the first prize or a final pool of entries from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize is found, and wherein in the case of joint winners the number of joint winners of the first prize is less than ten; the lottery receiving a plurality of entries, each entry comprising two or more symbols selected from one or more sets of symbols; the ranking engine comprising one or more computers; the computer or computers being used for recording the symbols selected in or on each ent1y and optionally recording at least the identity or contact details associated with each entry, and ranking and recording the ranking of at least two of the symbols chosen in or on each entry, in order to rank the entries until, the winner of the first prize, or the joint winners of the first prize, or the final pool of entries is selected from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize, is found; and wherein the lottery has a predefined close off time and/or date.
2. A ranking engine as claimed in claim 1, wherein the ranking of each symbol takes place following closure of entries into the game. 205336NZE_claims_20150127_PLH
3. A ranking engine as claimed in either one of claims 1 and 2 wherein the number of entries is at least 10 times greater than the number of symbols in the or each set.
4. A computerised system to operate a computerised lottery having at least a first prize and which allows the promoter of the lottery to guarantee a winner or joint winners of the first prize or a final pool of entries from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize is found, and wherein in the case of joint winners the number of joint winners of the first prize is less than ten; the lottery receiving a plurality of entries, each entry comprising two or more symbols selected from one or more sets of symbols; the lottery using a ranking engine of claim 1.
5. A computerised system as claimed in claim 4 wherein the number of entries is at least 10 times greater than the number of symbols in the or each set.
6. A computerised system as claimed in claim 4, wherein the expected number of entries is high enough that the probability that each member of the set of n symbols will be chosen at least once is substantially certain.
7. A computerised system as claimed in claim 4, wherein the number of entries A is between 10 times and 500,000 times the number of symbols n.
8. A computerised system as claimed in any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein each entry comprises r different symbols selected from the set of n symbols.
9. A computerised system as claimed in claim 8, wherein r is a number between 4 and 10.
10. A computerised system as claimed in claim 9 wherein r is 6.
11. A computerised system as claimed in claim 4, wherein there are two or more sets containing symbols nl, n2 ...nN and each entry comprises a selection of at least one symbol from each set of symbols.
12. A computerised system as claimed in any one of claims 4 to 11, wherein the ranking engine contains additional rules to eliminate ties between symbols.
13. A computerised system as claimed in any one of claims 4 to 12, wherein each set 205336NZE_claims_20150127_PLH of symbols comprises a set of symbols from 2 to 100, with each symbol identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
14. A computerised system as claimed in any claim 13, wherein each set of symbols comprises a set of symbols from 2 to 40, with each symbol identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
15. A computerised system as claimed m claim 14 where there are two sets of symbols, with the first set comprising a set of symbols from 2 to 10 in number, and the second set comprising a set of symbols from 10 to 40 in number, with each symbol in each set identified by numerals, or that are numerals.
16. A computer program for conducting a computerised lottery having at least a first prize and which allows a promoter of the lottery to guarantee a winner or joint winners of the first prize or a final pool of entries from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize is found, and wherein in the case of joint winners the number of joint winners of the first prize is less than ten; the lottery receiving a plurality of entries, each entry comprising two or more symbols selected from one or more sets of symbols; the lottery using a ranking engine; the ranking engine comprising one or more computers; the computer or computers being used for recording the symbols selected in or on each entry and optionally recording at least the identity or contact details associated with each entry, and ranking and recording the ranking of at least two of the symbols chosen in or on each entry, in order to rank the entries until, the winner of the first prize, or the joint winners of the first prize, or the final pool of entries is selected from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize, is found; and wherein the lottery has a predefined close off time and/or date. 205336NZE_claims_20150127_PLH
17. A computer program for conducting a lottery as claimed in claim 16, wherein the program is adapted to record the entry point to the lottery through or in which the participant purchased the entry and to record other information chosen from the group comprising (a) an identity of a lottery organization, (b) a lottery sub-type, and (c) a country or area; to enable the program to select a winning entry for each of those entry points to the lottery.
18. A computer implemented method comprising a step of using one or more computers to operate a computerised lottery having at least a first prize and which allows the promoter of the lottery to guarantee a winner or joint winners of the first prize or a final pool of entries from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize is found, and wherein in the case of joint winners the number of joint winners of the first prize is less than ten; the lottery receiving a plurality of entries, each entry comprising two or more symbols selected from one or more sets of symbols; the lottery using a ranking engine; the ranking engine comprising one or more computers; the computer or computers being used for recording the symbols selected in or on each ent1y and optionally recording at least the identity or contact details associated with each entry, and ranking and recording the ranking of at least two of the symbols chosen in or on each entry, in order to rank the entries until, the winner of the first prize, or the joint winners of the first prize, or the final pool of entries is selected from which a winner or joint winners of the first prize, is found; and wherein the lottery has a predefined close off time and/or date. 205336NZE_claims_20150127_PLH
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NZ615371B2 true NZ615371B2 (en) | 2015-06-30 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10881968B2 (en) | Systems and methods for conducting fantasy contests | |
US20150221161A1 (en) | System for operating a lottery | |
US8944905B2 (en) | Method of lottery wagering on real-world events | |
US9058713B2 (en) | Interactive internet lottery | |
US11628369B2 (en) | Method of conducting fantasy sports competitions for multi-round competitive play including a unique payout structure | |
US8556693B2 (en) | Online gaming systems and methods | |
US8579694B2 (en) | Method of lottery wagering on real-world events | |
US7887406B2 (en) | Method of lottery wagering on a real world phased competition | |
US20060160597A1 (en) | System and method for providing a contest-based game | |
US8585495B2 (en) | Parlay-based tournament including successive games | |
US20210192668A1 (en) | System and method for conducting fantasy sports contests | |
CN104781855A (en) | Wagering apparatus, methods and systems | |
US10092825B2 (en) | System, method, and apparatus for a game of skill | |
US20210390832A1 (en) | System and Method for Conducting Fantasy Sports Contests | |
US20110105212A1 (en) | Interactive Online Lottery Game | |
US8820744B1 (en) | Race day scratch play game, game card and method of playing | |
NZ615371B2 (en) | Gaming System | |
US10413801B2 (en) | Golf scoring card and systems and methods for using the same | |
WO2007089232A1 (en) | Multiple interconnected contest with a distributed prize pool | |
NZ609252B2 (en) | System for Operating a Lottery | |
NZ609589B2 (en) | System for Operating a Lottery | |
US20070200290A1 (en) | Gaming system and method for use in connection with a spectator event |